Operating Instructions: Food Processor (Household Use)

‫‪Operating Instructions‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺗﻭﺭﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻬﺎی ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫)‪Food Processor (Household Use‬‬
‫ﻏﺫﺍﺳﺎﺯ )ﻣﺧﺻﻭﺹ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺭﺩ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﯽ(‬
‫ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ )ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺯﻟﻲ(‬
‫‪Model No.‬‬
‫ﺷﻣﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﺩﻝ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺩﻳﻝ‬
‫‪MK-F800‬‬
‫‪Thank you for purchasing the Panasonic product.‬‬

‫‪• This product is intended for household use only.‬‬
‫‪• Please read these instructions carefully in order to use this product correctly and safely.‬‬
‫”‪• Before using this product please give your special attention to the section “SAFETY PRECAUTIONS‬‬
‫‪(Page 3-5).‬‬
‫‪• Please keep this Operating Instructions for future use.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺣﺳﻥ ﺍﻧﺗﺧﺎﺏ ﺷﻣﺎ ﻭ ﺧﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻳﻥ ﻣﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﭘﺎﻧﺎﺳﻭﻧﻳﮏ ﻣﺗﺷﮑﺭﻳﻡ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻳﻥ ﻣﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺑﺭﺍی ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺭﺩ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﯽ ﻁﺭﺍﺣﯽ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺭﺍی ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻣﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻥ ﻣﺣﺻﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻟﻁﻔﺎ ً ﺍﻳﻥ ﺩﺳﺗﻭﺭﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺕ ﻣﻁﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺳﻣﺕ »ﺍﻗﺩﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﯽ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻣﻧﯽ« )ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺣﻪ ‪ (33-35‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺕ ﻣﻁﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻁﻔﺎ ً ﮐﺗﺎﺑﭼﻪ ﺩﺳﺗﻭﺭﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻬﺎی ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺭﺍی ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﺗﯽ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻛﺭً ﺍ ﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﻙ ﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﺑﺎﻧﺎﺳﻭﻧﻳﻙ‪.‬‬

‫• ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﻣﺧﺻﺹ ﻟﻼﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺯﻟﻲ ﻓﻘﻁ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺭﺟﻰ ﻗﺭﺍءﺓ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﻳ ًﺩﺍ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺗﺳﻧﻰ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﻭﺁﻣﻥ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﻳﺭﺟﻰ ﻗﺭﺍءﺓ ﻗﺳﻡ "ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻼﻣﺔ" )ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪ (63-65‬ﺟﻳ ًﺩﺍ ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺭﺟﻰ ﺍﻻﺣﺗﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻘﺑﻝ‪.‬‬
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS ..................................................................................................................................... 3 - 5
PART NAMES ....................................................................................................................................................... 6 - 7
CIRCUIT BREAKER PROTECTION .......................................................................................................................... 8
SAFETY LOCK ........................................................................................................................................................... 8
DISASSEMBLY & ASSEMBLY
(i) DISASSEMBLY FROM PACKAGED CONDITION............................................................................................ 9
(ii) KNIFE BLADE • KNEADING BLADE • WHIPPING BLADE • GRATING BLADE.............................................. 9
(iii) BLADE STAND ............................................................................................................................................... 10
(iv) CITRUS PRESS ............................................................................................................................................. 10
(v) SALAD DRAINER ........................................................................................................................................... 11
FOOD PROCESSOR
(i) KNIFE BLADE ......................................................................................................................................... 12 - 14
‒ Preparation of Ingredients
‒ How to Use
(ii) BLADE STAND ........................................................................................................................................ 15 - 16
‒ How to Use
(iii) KNEADING BLADE ........................................................................................................................................ 17
‒ How to Use
(iv) WHIPPING BLADE ........................................................................................................................................18
‒ How to Use
(v) GRATING BLADE .......................................................................................................................................... 19
‒ How to Use
(vi) SALAD DRAINER .......................................................................................................................................... 20
‒ How to Use
(vii) CITRUS PRESS ............................................................................................................................................. 21
‒ How to Use
BLENDER
(i) BLENDER ............................................................................................................................................... 22 - 23
‒ Disassembly & Assembly
‒ How to Use
DRY MILL
(ii) DRY MILL ................................................................................................................................................ 24 - 25
‒ Disassembly & Assembly
‒ How to Use
AFTER USE ...................................................................................................................................................... 26 - 27
TROUBLESHOOTING ...................................................................................................................................... 28 - 29
SPECIFICATIONS ................................................................................................................................................... 31
2
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS (Make sure to follow these instructions)
In order to prevent accidents or injuries to the user, other people and damage to property, please follow the
instructions below.
 The following indication indicates the degree of damage caused by incorrect operation.
WARNING Indicates serious injury or

death. CAUTION Indicates risk of injury or
property damage.
 The symbols are classified and explained as follows.

This symbol indicates requirement that must be
This symbol indicates prohibition.
followed.
WARNING
 Do not damage the Cord or the Plug.
(It may cause electric shock, or fire caused by short circuit.)
 Do not use the appliance if the Cord or the Plug is damaged or the Plug is loosely connected to
the outlet.
a If the Cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, its service center or similarly qualified
person in order to avoid a hazard.
 Do not plug or unplug the Plug with wet hands.
(It may cause electric shock.)
 Do not exceed outlet voltage or use an alternate current other than that specified on the appliance.
(It may cause electric shock or fire.)
• Make sure the voltage supplied to the appliance is the same as your local supply.
• Plugging other devices into the same outlet may cause over-heating.
 Do not immerse the Motor Housing in water or splash it with water.
 Do not dismantle, repair or modify the appliance.
(It may cause fire, electric shock or injury.)
a Please contact your service center for repairing.
 Do not insert any objects into the vent or the gap.
(It may cause electric shock or malfunction.)
• Especially metal objects such as pins or wires.
 Do not replace any parts of appliance with non-genuine spare parts.
(It may cause injury, electric shock or fire.)
 Do not try to remove the Cover when the appliance is still operating.
(It may cause injury.)
 Do not use hot water (over 60 ⁰C) for cleaning purpose or fire to dry the appliance.
(It may cause burning or malfunction.)
 Do not place hot ingredients (over 60 ⁰C) into the Bowl or the Blender Container.
(It may cause injury or malfunction.)
 Do not operate without the Blender Cover in place correctly for the Blender Container.
 Do not put your finger or utensils such as spoon, fork etc. into the Bowl or the Blender Container
during operation.
(It may cause injury, electric shock, or fire caused by short circuit.)
 Do not push the Safety Pin and Safety Lever with any instruments, stick etc. as the appliance
might be on.
 This appliance is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical,
sensory or mental capabilities, or lack of experience and knowledge, unless they have been given
supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety.
Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance.
(It may cause burning, injury or electric shock.)
3
WARNING
 Insert the Plug firmly.
(Otherwise it may cause electric shock and fire caused by the heat that may generate around the Plug.)
 Clean the Plug regularly.
(A soiled Plug may cause insufficient insulation due to moisture, and may cause fire.)
 When abnormal operation or breaking down occurs, discontinue the appliance operation
immediately and unplug.
(It may cause smoke, fire or electric shock.)
e.g. during abnormal operation or breaking down.
• The Plug and the Cord becomes abnormally hot.
• The Cord is damaged or there has been a power failure.
• The Motor Housing is deformed or abnormally hot.
a Please unplug the appliance immediately and contact the service centre for advice or a repair.
 Make sure to hold the Plug when unplugging the Plug, i.e. never pull on the Cord.
(Otherwise it may cause electric shock, or fire caused by short circuit.)
 Be careful if hot liquid is poured into the Bowl or Blender Container as it can be ejected out of the
appliance due to a sudden steaming.
(It may cause burning.)
 Care should be taken when handling the sharp cutting blades, emptying the Bowl or Blender
Container and cleaning. (e.g. Knife Blade, Slicing Blades and etc.)
CAUTION
 Do not leave the appliance unattended when it is in operation.
(It may cause fire or burns.)
• When leaving the appliance unattended, turn the power off.
 Do not use the appliance in the following places:
• Any uneven surface, on non-heat resistant carpet or table cloth etc.
(It may cause fire or injury.)
• In a location where there is risk of the appliance being splashed with water, or near a heat source.
(It may cause electric shock or current leakage.)
 Do not place the appliance in the following places.
• In a location where the appliance being expose to excessive moisture, temperature or direct sunlight.
(It may cause malfunction.)
• Any high or low temperature location such as fridge, freezer, microwave or oven.
(It may cause malfunction or breakage.)
 Do not process hard ingredients (e.g. hard meat, meat with bones) or viscous material.
(It may cause malfunction.)
 Do not process more than the maximum capacity marked on each container respectively. Follow
the recommended ingredient amount for processing.
(It may cause vibration and malfunction.)
 Do not continue operation for a long time. It is recommended to rest the appliance after certain
operating time.
(It may cause over-heating.)
Operating Time Rest Time
Function
(minutes) (minutes)
Food Processor 2 4
Blender 2 2
Dry Mill 1 2
4
CAUTION
 Unplug the Plug when the appliance is not in use.
(Otherwise it may cause electric shock, or fire caused by current leakage.)
 Remove the Bowl and the Container before lift up the Motor Housing from the table.
 Switch off the appliance and disconnect it from power supply before changing accessories or
approaching parts that are moving during operation.
 When carrying the appliance, be sure to hold the Motor Housing with both hands. Do not carry it
by holding only the Bowl or Blender Container or Mill Container.
 If the Blender Cutting Blade gets stuck, switch off the Blender, then unplug.
Do not insert your finger into the Blender Container. Use a spatula to remove the ingredients that
are blocking the Blender Cutting Blade.
Important Notes
Prohibited Ingredients:
Attachments Description
Knife Blade Hard ingredients, viscous ingredients, e.g. coffee beans, dried soyabeans, frozen
food, dried squid, and etc.
Blade Stand Ingredients with high hard fiber concentrations, viscous ingredients, ingredients that
Attachments are too soft, e.g. hard vegetables, ham, tumeric, ginger, lettuce, tomato, peach,
chocolate and etc.
Kneading Blade Ingredients not suited for dough making, e.g. meat, vegetables, nuts, sauces, spreads.
Whipping Blade Any other ingredients aside from egg whites and fresh cream.
Grating Blade Viscous ingredients, ingredients with high hard fiber concentrations, ingredients that
are too small and thin, e.g. yam, potato, celery, leek, pine nuts, and etc.
Salad Drainer Large chunky ingredients, ingredients that are soft and fragile, e.g. large carrot or
potato chunks, tomato, tofu, pasta, noodle, and etc.
Citrus Press Any other ingredients aside from citrus fruits, e.g. apple, kiwi and etc.
Blender Hard ingredients, high fiber ingredients, meat, e.g. tumeric, dried soyabeans, frozen
food, meat, fish, potatoes, and etc.
Dry Mill Hard nuts, dried nuts, ingredients with high hard fiber concentration, moist ingredients,
e.g. various nuts, raisins, meat, vegetables, boiled egg, and etc.
Before Use:
Always operate the appliance on a clean, dry, flat, hard and smooth surface to ensure that the Rubber Foot suction
is at optimum performance.
5
PART NAMES
Food Processor
1.
2.
3. 15.
14.
13.
16.
4. 6. 8.
12.
17.
11.
5. 7. 9. 10.
19. 18.
21.
20.
24.
23.
22.
1. Food Pusher 13. Thin Slicing Blade

2. Feeding Tube 14. Thick Slicing Blade
3. Bowl Cover 15. French Fry Blade
4. Knife Blade 16. Citrus Cone
5. Grating Blade 17. Citrus Strainer
6. Kneading Blade 18. Bowl
7. Whipping Blade 19. Drive Shaft
8. Drainer Cover 20. Motor Housing
9. Salad Drainer 21. Power Switch
10. Blade Stand 22. Rubber Foot
11. Fine Shredding Blade 23. Cord
12. Coarse Shredding Blade 24. *Plug
*The shape of the Plug may vary from illustration.
6
PART NAMES
Blender, Dry Mill & Accessories
1. 12.
4.
2.
5.
6.
3.
9.
7.
13.
11.
10.
8.
1. Blender Cover 6. Mill Container Base 11. *Plug

2. Blender Container 7. Motor Housing 12. Storage Case Unit
3. Blender Cutting Blade 8. Rubber Foot 13. Brush
4. Mill Container 9. Power Switch
5. Mill Cutting Blade 10. Cord
*The shape of the Plug may vary from illustration.
Control Panel
Mode Selection
- Auto Menu -
Mince Mode
Mode Indication L.E.D.
Chop Mode
Speed & Driving Time
Frozen Mode Indication L.E.D.
Pulse Switch
Paste Mode
Drainer Mode
Rotary Dial
- Manual Menu -
Continuous Mode
Speed Indication ON/OFF Switch
Intermittent Mode Driving Time Indication
Note:
• The program will time-out and reset itself after 10 seconds if no further action is done after a function is
selected.
• Turning the Rotary Dial clockwise will increase the number of lighted bars and vice versa.
• The default speed for the Continuous and Intermittent modes are at maximum, (level 10).
• The program will time-out and reset itself after 20 seconds if the program is paused during processing and no
further action is done.
7
CIRCUIT BREAKER PROTECTION
When the Circuit Breaker or the Temperature Sensor automatically stops the motor due to overloading, turn off the
appliance and follow the instruction below:
1. Reduce the ingredients to less than half and resume operation.
2. If it still does not start, turn off the Power Switch at the side of Motor Housing and resume operation.
3. If the Temperature Sensor activates, an Error Mode Indication will be displayed. Let the appliance cool down
for a few minutes till the Error Mode Indication turns off, then resume operation.
4. If all else fails, please contact your nearest service center.
SAFETY LOCK
The Safety Pin is designed to prevent the appliance from switching on when
- The Bowl Cover or Citrus Strainer and the Bowl are not fully locked to each other.
- The Bowl, Blender Container or Mill Container are not fully locked to the Motor Housing.
The Safety Lever only

activates the Safety Pin if
the Bowl Cover or Citrus
Strainer is fully secured on
the Bowl.
Position A : Unlock
Position B : Lock
B A
Fully locking steps :

Align the triangular mark on Containers
or Bowl with the Motor Housing as in
position A shown. Turn it clockwise
until locking sound is heard and the
triangular mark now aligns to position
B. To unlock, follow the locking steps
in reverse.
Safety Pins
Note:
• Do not push the Safety Pin and Safety Lever with any instrument, stick etc.
• Do not pour liquids or ingredient at the Safety Pin area and switch area.
• Keep the Safety Pin area clean to avoid foreign particles accumulate on the area.
Actions above will ensure the Safety Pin functions properly. If not followed, it will damage the parts
related to the Safety Pin.
8
FOOD PROCESSOR -DISASSEMBLY & ASSEMBLY-
Disassembly from Packaged Condition
1 2 2
Top of the
Knife Blade
Rotate the Bowl Cover anticlockwise and lift up from Hold the top of the Knife Blade and lift up to remove
the Bowl. from Bowl.
Note:
Beware of the sharp edges of the Knife Blade when removing it from the Bowl.
Assembly of Food Processor Attachments
It is highly recommended to clean all attachments and accessories and dry well before using the appliance for the
first time, refer to page 26 and 27 for the cleaning method. Unplug when assembling the unit. Before plugging in,
ensure that the Power Switch is switched off. Please refer to page 27 under 'Storing' on how to re-position the
Motor Housing.
Knife Blade · Kneading Blade · Whipping Blade · Grating Blade
1 2
or
4
or 1 3
or
Place the Knife Blade (Kneading Blade or Whipping Put the ingredients into the Bowl.
Blade or Grating Blade) into the Bowl.
Note:
Note: For the Grating Blade, place the ingredients on top
For the Knife Blade, ensure that the of the blade itself.
metal shaft is protruding from the Knife
Blade after insertion.
Place the Bowl Cover on top of the Bowl and turn it
clockwise until a 'click' sound is heard. Insert the Food
Pusher into the Feeding Tube.
9
Slicing Blades (Thick/Thin) · Shredding Blades (Coarse/Fine) · French Fry Blade
1 2
Finger Holes
PUSH
PUSH
PUSH
PUSH
Projected Detent
Fit the projected detent of the desired blade onto the Push down on the area of the blade marked "PUSH"
Blade Stand and ensure it is seated properly. until a 'snap' sound is heard.
Note:
• Beware of the sharp edges on the blades while inserting into the Blade Stand.
• To remove the blade, turn over the Blade Stand and push down on the reverse side of the blade "PUSH"
area.
3 4
Insert your finger and your thumb into the finger holes to Place the Bowl Cover on top of the Bowl and turn it
grip the Blade Stand. Place the assembled Blade Stand clockwise until a 'click' sound is heard.
into the Bowl.
Note:
Ensure that the metal shaft is protruding from the
Blade Stand after insertion.
Citrus Press
1 2
Place the Citrus Strainer onto the Bowl. Turn it Attach the Citrus Cone onto the Drive Shaft.
clockwise until a 'click' sound is heard.
10
Salad Drainer
1 2
1 2 2
1
Place the Salad Drainer into the Bowl. Insert the Place Drainer Cover on top of the Salad Drainer until
ingredients into the Salad Drainer. the mark aligns as shown in A. Turn the Drainer Cover
anticlockwise until the mark aligns as shown in B.
3 4
Ensure that the metal shaft is protruding out of the Place the Bowl Cover on top of the Bowl and turn it
Salad Drainer after insertion. clockwise until a 'click' sound is heard.
Attaching the assembled units to the Motor Housing
1. Place the Bowl on top of the Motor Housing until the

mark aligns as shown in A.
2. Turn the Bowl clockwise until a 'click' sound is heard.

2 Ensure that the triangle mark on the Bowl is aligned
with the rectangle mark on the Motor Housing as
seen in B.
1
B A
To disassemble, follow the assembly steps in reverse.
11
FOOD PROCESSOR -KNIFE BLADE-
Ingredient Preparations for Auto Menu
Min~Max Processing Speed

Mode Function Ingredient Preparation Method
Single Use & Duration
Speed: Auto
Meat 50~400 g Duration: Auto (30 sec)
Mince Remove all skin and bones,
cut into 2~3 cm cubes.
Speed: Auto
Fish 50~500 g
Duration: Auto (5~20 sec)
Chop Onion 150~500 g Speed: Auto Peel skin, cut into 2~3 cm cubes.
Duration: Auto (60 sec)
1~2 cm width, half frozen

Frozen Speed: Auto
Frozen 250~450 g condition, i.e. toothpick can
Banana Duration: Auto (100 sec)
pierce.
Roasted Speed: Auto

Paste 100~500 g Remove peanut shell and skin.
Peanuts Duration: Auto (10 min)
Note:
• Initial settings are for Max amounts. When processing any other amount, adjust the processing duration
accordingly.
Ingredient Preparations for Manual Menu

Soft White Speed: Max Slice soft bread into 6 to 8
Crumb 10~200 g
Bread Duration: 10~40 sec pieces.
Speed: Max
Garlic 5~500 g Duration: 5~20 sec Peel skin.
Speed: Max
Carrot 50~450 g Duration: 10~25 sec Peel skin, cut into 2~3 cm cubes.
Chop
Italian Speed: Max
5~100 g Remove stalk.
Parsley Duration: 10~20 sec
Speed: Max
Mushroom 30~250 g Cut into 2~3 cm cubes.
Duration: 3~45 sec
Speed: Max
Grind Peanuts 10~200 g Remove peanut shell and skin.
Duration: 15~45 sec
Continuous Parmesan 10~200 g Speed: Max

Crush Cut into 2~3 cm cubes.
Cheese Duration: 20~60 sec
Speed: Max Use for making confectionery

Knead Flour ~300 g
Duration: ~120 sec such as sweets and cakes.
Speed: Max
Ice Crush Ice Cubes ~10 pcs 2~3 cm ice cubes.
Duration: ~30 sec
Juice Fruit,
~1,500 mL
Make Liquid etc. Cut into 2~3 cm cubes. Process
Speed: Max
Duration: ~180 sec solids first. Fill liquid till total not
Soup Boiled exceeding 1,500 mL.
100~400 g
Make Vegetable
Boiled Speed: Max

Mash 100~400 g Cut into 2~3 cm cubes.
Intermittent Potato Duration: 15~90 sec
12
Operating with Auto Menu
1 2
After completing the assembly steps, plug-in the plug Select the required Auto Menu mode. The selected Mode
into the socket and turn on the Power Switch. The Indication L.E.D. will light up and a beep sound will be
Mode Indication L.E.D.s will light up and blink. heard. The Driving Time and ON/OFF Switch Indication
L.E.D. will light up and blink.
3 4
Each Auto Menu has a pre-programmed driving time. During operation, the Driving Time L.E.D. will turn off
Each lighted bar represents 10 seconds of driving time. one by one after every 10 second intervals until the set
Push the ON/OFF Switch to start the operation. duration is completed and 4 beep sounds will be heard.
The Mode Indication L.E.D.s will light up and blink.
5 6
After the processing is completed, switch off the Power Remove the Knife Blade from the Bowl before removing
Switch and unplug from the socket. the processed ingredients.
Note:
• Always ensure that the Knife Blade is inserted before adding ingredients into the Bowl.
• The Driving Time of the Auto Menu can be increased or decreased by adjusting the Rotary Dial if necessary.
• The operation of the Auto Menu can be stopped prematurely by pushing the ON/OFF Switch before the set
duration ends.
• For Paste Auto Menu, each lighted bar represents 1 minute. The lighted bar will decrease at every 1 minute
interval.
• Depending on the speed and amount of ingredients used, there will be significant vibrations present. In that
case, hold down the Bowl Cover with both hands to support it during its operation.
13
Operating with Manual Menu
1 2
After completing the assembly steps, plug-in the plug Select the Continuous or Intermittent mode. The
into the socket and turn on the Power Switch. The selected Mode Indication L.E.D. will light up and a beep
Mode Indication L.E.D.s will light up and blink. sound will be heard. The Speed, ON/OFF Switch and
PULSE Switch Indication L.E.D. will light up and blink.
3 4
Adjust the desired speed with the Rotary Dial. The During the driving operation, the ON/OFF Indication
more bars are lighted, the higher the speed. Push the L.E.D. will remain lit. The speed can be adjusted during
ON/OFF or PULSE Switch to start the operation. operation. Push the ON/OFF Switch to stop the driving
operation.
5 6
After the processing is completed, switch off the Power Remove the Knife Blade from the Bowl before removing
Switch and unplug from the socket. the processed ingredients.
Note:
• Always ensure that the Knife Blade is inserted before adding ingredients into the Bowl.
• Do not exceed the stated amount of ingredients for kneading as abnormal vibration may occur.
• Do not insert hot ingredients into the Bowl for processing. Always ensure that the ingredients are sufficiently
cooled before inserting, e.g. boiled potato.
• For Juice Make, fill in the solid ingredients first into the Bowl, followed by the liquid ingredients until the total
volume does not exceed 1,500 mL.
case, hold down on the Bowl Cover to support it during its operation.
14
FOOD PROCESSOR -BLADE STAND-
PUSH
PUSH PUSH PUSH PUSH
Slicing Blades (Thick/Thin) Shredding Blades (Coarse/Fine) French Fry Blade

- used for slicing ingredients - used for shredding and grating - used for making french fries and
ingredients. shredding ingredients.
Ingredient Preparations for Slicing Blades (Thick/Thin)
Max Single Processing Speed

Use & Duration
Cucumber 700 g
Onion 700 g
Speed: Max Cut ingredient till it is small

Slice Carrot 600 g Duration: - enough to fit into the Feeding
Continuous Tube.
Potato 600 g
Cabbage 400 g
Ingredient Preparations for Shredding Blades (Coarse/Fine)

Use & Duration
Cucumber 650 g
Cut ingredient till it is small

Carrot 500 g enough to fit into the Feeding
Tube.
Speed: Max
Shred Potato 650 g
Duration: -
Continuous
enough to fit into the Feeding
Cheese 500 g
Tube. Do not use hard
ingredients such as Parmesan.
Ingredient Preparations for French Fry Blade

Use & Duration
French Fry Potato 800 g

Speed: Max
enough to fit into the Feeding
Duration: -
Continuous 500 g Tube.
Shred Cabbage
15
FOOD PROCESSOR -BLADE STAND-
1 2
After completing the assembly steps, plug-in the plug Select the Continuous mode. The selected Mode
into the socket and turn on the Power Switch. The Mode Indication L.E.D. will light up and a beep sound will be
Indication L.E.D.s will light up and blink. heard. The Speed, ON/OFF and PULSE Switch
Indication L.E.D. will light up and blink.
3 4
1 2
Adjust to the maximum speed with the Rotary Dial. The Insert the ingredients into the Feeding Tube and push
more bars are lighted, the higher the speed. Push the down with the Food Pusher.
ON/OFF Switch or PULSE Switch to start the operation.
5 6
During the driving operation, the ON/OFF Indication Remove the Blade Stand from the Bowl before removing
L.E.D. will remain lit. Push the ON/OFF Switch to stop the processed ingredients.
the driving operation. After the processing is completed,
switch off the Power Switch and unplug from the socket.
Note:
• When using soft and thin ingredients, place it
against the front wall of the feeding tube as
indicated in Figure 1, for support while in Front
operation to avoid uneven processing. Wall
• Dispose of any remaining lumps of unprocessed
ingredients.
• Align high fibre ingredients as indicated in Figure
2 for a consistent processing result. Figure 1 Figure 2
16
FOOD PROCESSOR -KNEADING BLADE-
Ingredient Preparations for Kneading Blade

Use & Duration
Add yeast during the processing of dough
(adding yeast directly before processing may
result in flaking and premature rising). If
Speed: Start with level 1, dough mix still appears flaky after initial
Bread Flour 300 g increase every 1 second
Knead processing, add 1 tsp of water into the mix.
till Max. When large vibrations occur due to dough
Continuous Liquid 60~200 mL
Duration: 120 sec mix wrapping around the Main Shaft, add 1
tsp of water. Do not reprocess the dough
after the process is complete, if the dough is
not satisfactory, knead by hand.
1 2
After completing the assembly steps, plug-in the plug Select the Continuous mode and adjust to the maximum
into the socket and turn on the Power Switch. The Mode speed with the Rotary Dial. The more bars are lighted,
Indication L.E.D.s will light up and blink. the higher the speed. Push the ON/OFF Switch to start
the operation.
3 4
2
1
3
1
2
During the driving operation, the ON/OFF Indication After the processing is completed, switch off the Power
L.E.D. will remain lit. Observe the formation of the Switch and unplug from the socket. Remove the dough
dough ball. Push the ON/OFF Switch to stop the driving ball from the Bowl before removing the Kneading Blade.
operation once a firm dough ball is formed.
Note:
• Do not exceed the stated amount of ingredients for the Kneading Blade as abnormal vibration may occur.
17
FOOD PROCESSOR -WHIPPING BLADE-
Ingredient Preparations for Whipping Blade

Speed: Max Separate the egg white from the
Egg White 1~6 pcs Duration: 25 sec~5min yolk for a smooth meringue.
Whip
Continuous Speed: Max Use fresh cream of fat content
Cream 100~300 mL
Duration: 20 - 40 sec 35% or higher at 5 °C
1 2
the operation.
3 4
2
3
L.E.D. will remain lit. Observe the rising and formation Switch and unplug from the socket. Carefully remove the
of the whipped ingredients. Push the ON/OFF Switch to Whipping Blade together with the processed ingredients
stop the driving operation once a desired texture is from the Bowl.
formed.
Note:
• Do not over process the whipping cream, it may break down to form clumps of butter.
• Using different brands of whipping cream will have varying results. It is recommended to process until the
cream is sufficiently whipped.
18
FOOD PROCESSOR -GRATING BLADE-
Ingredient Preparations for Grating Blade

Use & Duration
Carrot
Speed: Max
Grate Apple 200 g Cut into 2~3 cm cubes.
Duration: -
Continuous
Cucumber
1 2
the operation.
3 4
2
3
L.E.D. will remain lit. Push the ON/OFF Switch to stop Switch and unplug from the socket. Remove the Grating
the driving operation. Blade from the Bowl before removing the ingredients.
19
FOOD PROCESSOR -SALAD DRAINER-
Ingredient Preparations for Salad Drainer

Use & Duration
Lettuce Speed: Auto

100 g Cut into 3~5 cm slices.
Leaves Duration: Auto (30 sec)
Drainer
Speed: Auto
Cabbage 200 g Shredded into 1~3 mm.
Duration: Auto (30~60 sec)
Operating with Auto Menu
1 2
After completing the assembly steps, plug-in the plug Select the Drainer mode. The selected Mode Indication
into the socket and turn on the Power Switch. The Mode L.E.D. will light up and a beep sound will be heard. The
Indication L.E.D.s will light up and blink. Driving Time and ON/OFF Switch Indication L.E.D. will
light up and blink.
3 4
2
3
Each Auto Menu has a pre-programmed driving time. After the processing is completed, switch off the Power
Each lighted bar represents 10 seconds of driving time. Switch and unplug from the socket. Remove the Salad
Push the ON/OFF Switch to start the operation.During Drainer from the Bowl.
operation, the Driving Time L.E.D. will turn off one by
one after every 10 second intervals until the set duration
is completed and 4 beep sounds will be heard. The
Mode Indication L.E.D.s will light up and blink.
Note:
• Maximum capacity of the Salad Drainer: 200 g or till maximum height of Salad Drainer, whichever comes first.
• Prohibited ingredients: large, chunky ingredients (such as whole tomatoes, large carrot chunks, and etc.)
• Ensure that the ingredients are spread evenly around the Salad Drainer before processing.
• Do not operate the Salad Drainer in Continuous Mode.
• Always ensure that the Drainer Cover is attached onto the Salad Drainer before operation, otherwise the
ingredients might come out and tear around the Bowl.
20
FOOD PROCESSOR -CITRUS PRESS-
Ingredient Preparations for Citrus Press

Use & Duration
Citrus Speed: Level 7

Squeeze 1000 mL Cut fruit into halves.
Fruit Duration: -
Continuous
1 2
1
After completing the assembly steps, plug-in the plug Select the Continuous mode and adjust to level 7 with
into the socket and turn on the Power Switch. The Mode the Rotary Dial. Push the ON/OFF Switch to start the
Indication L.E.D.s will light up and blink. operation.
3 4
4
1
Place the half cut fruit with the cup side on top of the After the processing is completed, switch off the Power
Citrus Cone and press down firmly to extract juice. Switch and unplug from the socket. Remove the Citrus
During the driving operation, the ON/OFF Indication Press attachment from the Bowl before pouring the
L.E.D. will remain lit. Push the ON/OFF Switch to stop extracted juice out.
the driving operation.
Note:
• Always ensure that the Citrus Cone is placed onto the Citrus Strainer before usage.
• Stop the processing periodically to remove the pulp remaining on the Citrus Strainer to ease the juice
extraction process.
21
BLENDER
Assembly and Disassembly of Blender Attachment
1 2
2
1
B A
Insert ingredients into the Blender Container and close Place the Blender Container on top of the Motor Housing
with the Blender Cover. until the mark aligns as shown in A.
Turn the Blender Container clockwise until a 'click' sound

is heard. Ensure that the triangle mark on the Blender
Container is aligned with the rectangle mark on the Motor
Housing as seen in B.
To disassemble, simply follow the assembly steps in reverse.
Ingredient Preparations for Blender

Use & Duration
Fruit, Speed: Max

Liquidize 1,000 mL Cut into 1 cm cubes.
Vegetable Duration: ~2min
Continuous
Note:
• Maximum capacity: 1 L.
• Prohibited ingredients for Blender Container: meat, fish, solid food, sticky food, ingredient with low water
content or just ice cubes.
• It is not recommended to blend hard and viscous ingredients. However, if necessary, cut the hard ingredients
into small pieces (eg. cut carrot into 1 cm3 cubes) and fill the � Blender Container with the ingredients not
exceeding half its rated capacity.
• Do not fill exceeding the maximum level and reduce ingredients when appliance makes abnormal sound or
vibration during operation.
• Add in soft ingredients (vegetables) into the Blender Container before adding in other ingredients.
22
BLENDER
1 2
the operation.
3 4
3
4
L.E.D. will remain lit. Push the ON/OFF Switch to stop Switch and unplug from the socket. Remove the Blender
the driving operation. Unit from the Motor Housing and proceed to remove
the ingredients.
Note:
• If the Cutting Blade gets stuck, switch off immediately and unplug. Do not attempt to proceed to unstuck the
ingredients with your fingers, use an object like a spoon instead.
• During blending, there is a possibility that the ingredients will splash out of the Blender Cover hole. In the
event that it splashes out, wipe it off with a dry cloth.
• Do not operate exceeding the rated operation duration (2 min ON, 2 min OFF).
23
DRY MILL
Disassembly from Packaged Condition
1 2
Maximum Level
2
1
Maximum Level
for Dry Ingredients
Turn the Mill Container Base anticlockwise to unlock A maximum level for dry ingredients is indicated on the
and lift up from the Mill Container. Mill Container. Do not fill exceeding this level.
Assembly and Disassembly of Dry Mill Attachment
1 2
1 2 2
1
3
Turn the Mill Container upside down and fill in the Place the Dry Mill Unit on top of the Motor Housing.
ingredients without exceeding the maximum level Turn the Dry Mill Unit clockwise until a 'click' sound is
indicated. heard.
Place the Mill Container Base into the Mill Container

and turn it clockwise until a 'click' sound is heard.
To disassemble, simply follow the assembly steps in reverse.
Ingredient Preparations for Dry Mill

Use & Duration
Coffee Bean
Till Speed: Max
Grind -
Continuous Max Level Duration: ~60 sec
Pepper
Note:
• Prohibited ingredients : wet ingredients, liquids or hard ingredients such as turmeric.
• Do not operate the unit with empty Dry Mill.
• Do not fill exceeding the maximum level and reduce ingredients when the appliance makes an abnormal
sound or vibrates during operation.
24
DRY MILL
1 2
into the socket and turn on the Power Switch. The speed with the Rotary Dial. The more bars are lighted,
Mode Indication L.E.D.s will light up and blink. the higher the speed. Push the ON/OFF Switch to start
the operation.
3 4
2
L.E.D. will remain lit. Push the ON/OFF Switch to stop Switch and unplug from the socket. Remove the Dry Mill
the driving operation. Unit from the Motor Housing and proceed to remove the
ingredients.
Note:
• While removing the ingredients, be careful of the Cutting Blade.
• Do not operate exceeding the rated operation duration (1 min ON, 2 min OFF).
25
AFTER USE
Cleaning
Pre-wash
The pre-wash enables easier cleaning. It can be used for: Knife Blade, Kneading Blade, Whipping Blade, and the
Blender Unit. To pre-wash, simply follow the steps below.
1 2
2 1
1
Put the used attachment inside the Bowl, fill the Bowl For the Blender Unit, replace the Bowl and Bowl Cover
with water until half its rated capacity (approx. 750 mL). with the Blender Container and Blender Cover
Place the Bowl Cover on top of the Bowl and turn it respectively and fill with 500 mL of water. Plug-in the plug
clockwise until a 'click' sound is heard. into the socket and turn on the Power Switch.
3 4
2
Select the Continuous mode and adjust to half the Push the ON/OFF Switch to stop the driving operation.
maximum speed. Push the ON/OFF Switch and operate Switch off the Power Switch and unplug from the socket.
for 10 seconds. Remove the attachments and proceed for cleaning.
Wash these items by rinsing them under running water. Use neutral kitchen detergent if necessary. Proceed to
wipe them dry with a clean cloth.
PUSH
PUSH PUSH PUSH PUSH
Wash these items by rinsing them under running water, and clean carefully with Brush.
Use neutral kitchen detergent if necessary.
Note:
• These items are extremely sharp and should be handled with extra care while cleaning.
Avoid hitting these items on hard objects during the cleaning process.
• The Mill Container Base must not be washed, use Brush to clean.
26
AFTER USE
Motor Housing
Wipe off any dirt or stains with a clean damp cloth.
Note:
• Ensure that the power cord is unplugged before cleaning the Motor Housing.
• Do not wash the Motor Housing under running water.
• Never use corrosive liquids (e.g. alcohol, thinner, etc) to clean the Motor Housing.
Cleaning with a Dishwasher

The Bowl and Bowl Cover of this appliance are dishwasher safe.
Note:
• Do not place these items near the dishwasher heater area as high temperatures may damage the parts.
Storing
Ensure all attachments and the Bowl are removed from the Motor Housing prior to storage.
1 2
Release Lever
To release the Rubber Foot suction of the Motor Tilt the Motor Housing on its side, and proceed to wind
Housing, press on the release lever located at the up the Power Cord around the Cord Winding Area
bottom side of the Motor Housing at the same time as partially, leaving the Plug at the sides.
seen in the above picture and lift up.
Store the Knife Blade inside the Bowl. A Storage Case List of attachments in Storage Box Unit: Kneading Blade,
Unit is included to store the other attachments. Store the Citrus Cone, Thick Slicing Blade, Thin Slicing Blade, Fine
attachments in place as per packaging condition. Shredding Blade, Coarse Shredding Blade, French Fry
Blade, Blade Stand, Grating Blade, Whipping Blade,
Brush.
27
TROUBLESHOOTING
Please check the following points before arranging for service.
Problem Cause and Action
 The plug is loose in the outlet.

The appliance does not turn on.
w Æ Plug in firmly into the outlet.
 The Power Switch has not been switched on.
Æ Turn on the Power Switch.
 Gloves may cause insensitivity of the Control Panel.

Æ Select the functions with bare fingers.
 Pressing the function at the wrong position.
None of the Control Panel
Functions can be selected. w Æ Press firmly on the illustration on the Control Panel.
 The appliance is already operating.
Æ The functions cannot be changed when the appliance is
operating. Stop the previous function before selecting a
new one.
 The Bowl, Blender Unit or Dry Mill Unit is not properly locked
onto the Motor Housing.
Æ Ensure that the triangle mark on the attachments are
aligned with the rectangular mark on the Motor Housing
The appliance does not operate
even when the function is started. w as seen in page 11.
 The Bowl Cover or Citrus Strainer is not fully locked onto the
Bowl.
Æ Fully secure the Bowl Cover onto the Bowl.
 The ingredients are jammed.
Æ Remove the ingredients carefully and ensure that the
amount used is as stated.
 The appliance was left idle for more than 10 seconds after
The selected function is canceled.
(The Mode Indication L.E.D. starts
blinking).
w selecting the function.
Æ Ensure that action is done after selecting the function
within 10 seconds.
 The circuit breaker protection is activated. (Refer to page 8)

• Too much ingredients were inserted.
Æ Remove the excess ingredients and ensure that the
amount used is as stated.
• Large chunks or hard ingredients were used.
Æ Ensure that the ingredients are cut into the stated sizes.
Do not use hard ingredients such as frozen foods or highly
The appliance suddenly stops
during operation. w dense solids.
 The safety lock was triggered. (Refer to page 8)
• Abnormal vibration during operation may offset the safety
lock engagement.
Æ Ensure that the ingredients used and the amount are as
stated.
Æ Lock the Bowl Cover or Citrus Strainer onto the Bowl firmly,
and ensure that the Bowl, Blender Unit, or Dry Mill Unit is
locked firmly onto the Motor Housing.
28
TROUBLESHOOTING
Problem Cause and Action
 The appliance is not placed on a clean and smooth surface.

Æ The Rubber Foot is only effective when placed on a clean,
smooth and flat surface.
There is abnormal vibration and
noise during operation. w  The ingredients used for processing is either too much or too
hard.
Æ Ensure that the ingredients used are as stated, reduce the
ingredients if it is over the stated amount.
Auto Menu
 The Auto Menu's default processing duration is meant for the
stated maximum ingredient amounts. Any other ingredient
amounts processed will affect the performance.
The texture and consistency of Æ Increase the processing duration by adjusting the Rotary
the processed ingredients did
not turn out well.
w Dial and process till the desired texture and consistency.
Manual Menu
 The maximum ingredient amount and processing duration are
meant to serve as a guideline, lesser ingredient amount and
different ingredients will affect the performance.
Æ Process the ingredients with a suitable duration till the
desired texture and consistency.
29
Error Mode Indication
1. Circuit Breaker Protection, High Current Detection and High Voltage Detection
Circuit Breaker Protection High Current Detection High Voltage Detection
Action:
Turn off the Power Switch at the side of Motor Housing and resume operation.
Note : Error Mode Indication is shown if voltage above 280 V.
2. Motor Overheat 3. The Bowl, Blender Unit or Dry Mill Unit is not properly
locked onto the Motor Housing.
Action: Action:
Turn off the Power Switch and let the appliance to cool Reattach the part onto the Motor Housing in proper
down (approx. 30 min). position. (Refer to page 11).
4. Electronic component malfunction
or or
Action:
Please contact your nearest service center for repairing.
30
SPECIFICATIONS
Product No. MK-F800
Function Food Processor Blender & Dry Mill
Rated Voltage 220 V - 240 V
Rated Frequency 50 Hz - 60 Hz
Rated Power Consumption 180 W - 200 W
Blender: 2 minutes ON, 2 minutes OFF
Rated Time 2 minutes ON, 4 minutes OFF
Dry Mill: 1 minute ON, 2 minutes OFF
Switch Rotary Dial with Soft Touch Panel Switch
Blender : H395 x W208 x D259 mm
Product Size (HxWxD) H437 x W263 x D259 mm
Dry Mill : H299 x W202 x D259 mm
Blender : Approx. 4.0 kg
Product Weight Approx. 4.3 kg
Dry Mill : Approx 3.8 kg
Container Capacity: 2.5 L
Maximum working capacity: Blender : 1 L
Capacity
Solids = 400 g Dry Mill : 50 g (Coffee Beans)
Liquids = 1.5 L
Knife Blade, Blade Stand, Slicing
Blades (Thick & Thin), Shredding
Attachment & Accessories Blades (Coarse & Fine), French Fry Blender Unit, Dry Mill Unit
Blade, Kneading Blade, Whipping
Blade, Grating Blade, Citrus Press,
Salad Drainer, Storage Case Unit
Common Accessories Brush with Spatula
Dishwasher Safe Items Bowl and Bowl Cover
31
‫ﻓﻬﺭﺳﺕ ﻣﻧﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺣﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻗﺩﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﯽ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻣﻧﯽ ‪35 - 33 ...........................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﻡ ﻗﻁﻌﺎﺕ ‪37 - 36 ............................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺣﺎﻓﻅ ﻣﺩﺍﺭﺷﮑﻥ ‪38 ............................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻗﻔﻝ ﺍﻳﻣﻧﯽ ‪38 ....................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺳﺗﻥ‬
‫)‪ (i‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻟﺕ ﺑﺳﺗﻬﺑﻧﺩی ﺷﺩﻩ ‪39 ................................................................................................................‬‬
‫)‪ (ii‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﭼﺎﻗﻭ • ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﻭﺭﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ • ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻡ ﺯﺩﻥ • ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺭﻧﺩﻩ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ‪39 ..............................................................................‬‬
‫)‪ (iii‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ‪40 ............................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫)‪ (iv‬ﭘﺭﺱ ﻣﺭﮐﺑﺎﺕ ‪40 ......................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫)‪ (v‬ﺻﺎﻓﯽ ﺳﺎﻻﺩ ‪41 ........................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻏﺫﺍﺳﺎﺯ‬
‫)‪ (i‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﭼﺎﻗﻭ ‪44 - 42 ....................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻫﺳﺎﺯی ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻁﺭﺯ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫)‪ (ii‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ‪46 - 45 .....................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫)‪ (iii‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﻭﺭﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ‪47 .....................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫)‪ (iv‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻡ ﺯﺩﻥ ‪48.....................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫)‪ (v‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺭﻧﺩﻩ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ‪49 ....................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫)‪ (vi‬ﺁﺑﮑﺵ ﺳﺎﻻﺩ ‪50 .........................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫)‪ (vii‬ﭘﺭﺱ ﻣﺭﮐﺑﺎﺕ ‪51 ......................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ‬
‫)‪ (i‬ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ ‪53 - 52 ...................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺳﺗﻥ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﺧﺷﮏ‬
‫)‪ (ii‬ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﺧﺷﮏ ‪55 - 54 ................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺳﺗﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ‪57 - 56 ........................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻋﻳﺑﻳﺎﺑﯽ ‪59 - 58 ...............................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺷﺧﺻﺎﺕ ‪61 ...................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪32‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﺩﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﯽ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻣﻧﯽ )ﺍﻳﻥ ﺩﺳﺗﻭﺭﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺕ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺕ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ(‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻧﻅﻭﺭ ﭘﻳﺷﮕﻳﺭی ﺍﺯ ﺳﻭﺍﻧﺢ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺩﻥ ﺻﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺭ ﺍﻓﺭﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻧﻳﺯ ﺟﻠﻭﮔﻳﺭی ﺍﺯ ﺁﺳﻳﺏ ﺩﻳﺩﻥ ﺧﻭﺩ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻟﻁﻔﺎ ً ﺩﺳﺗﻭﺭﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻬﺎی‬
‫ﺯﻳﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺕ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺕ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻼﻣﺕ ﺯﻳﺭ ﻧﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻧﺩﻩ ﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﺁﺳﻳﺑﻬﺎی ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﺭ ﺍﺛﺭ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺕ ﺍﺳﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻧﺩﻩ ﺧﻁﺭ ﺁﺳﻳﺏ ﺩﻳﺩﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺭ‬
‫ﺘﺤﺫﻳﺭ‬ ‫ﻧﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻧﺩﻩ ﺻﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺷﺩﻳﺩ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺭگ ﺍﺳﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﺧﻭﺩ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﺳﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻧﻣﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺭﺡ ﺯﻳﺭ ﻁﺑﻘﻬﺑﻧﺩی ﻭ ﺷﺭﺡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺩﻫﺎﻧﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻥ ﻧﻣﺎﺩ ﻧﺷﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻣﻧﻭﻋﻳﺕ ﺍﺳﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻥ ﻧﻣﺎﺩ ﻧﺷﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻣﺎﺗﯽ ﺍﺳﺕ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺩ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺕ ﺷﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺘﺤﺫﻳﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻗﺕ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻳﻡ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺑﺭﻕ ﺁﺳﻳﺏ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﺷﻭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫)ﻣﻣﮑﻥ ﺍﺳﺕ ﻣﻭﺟﺏ ﺑﺭﻕ ﮔﺭﻓﺗﮕﯽ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺗﺷﺳﻭﺯی ﺑﺭ ﺍﺛﺭ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻟﯽ ﺷﻭﺩ‪(.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺭ ﺳﻳﻡ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺑﺭﻕ ﺁﺳﻳﺏ ﺩﻳﺩﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﺕ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ ﺟﺎ ﻧﻳﻔﺗﺎﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﮑﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ Å‬ﺍﮔﺭ ﺳﻳﻡ ﺑﺭﻕ ﺁﺳﻳﺏ ﺩﻳﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺩ ﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺩﻩ ﻳﺎ ﻳﮑﯽ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻣﺎﻳﻧﺩﮔﻳﻬﺎی ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺟﺎﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻳﺎ ﻓﺭﺩی ﺑﺎ ﺻﻼﺣﻳﺗﻬﺎی ﻣﺷﺎﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﻭﻳﺽ‬
‫ﮔﺭﺩﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻁﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﺣﺗﻣﺎﻟﯽ ﭘﻳﺷﮕﻳﺭی ﺷﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺗﻬﺎی ﺧﻳﺱ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ ﺟﺎ ﻧﻳﻧﺩﺍﺯﻳﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ ﻧﮑﺷﻳﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫)ﺍﻳﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻳﺗﻭﺍﻧﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺭﻕ ﮔﺭﻓﺗﮕﯽ ﻣﻧﺟﺭ ﺷﻭﺩ‪(.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﻧﺑﻊ ﺑﺭﻗﯽ ﺑﺎ ﻭﻟﺗﺎژ ﺑﻳﺷﺗﺭ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺭﻳﺎﻧﯽ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺯﻳﻥ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭼﻪ ﺭﻭی ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺫﮐﺭ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺕ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﮑﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫)ﺍﻳﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻳﺗﻭﺍﻧﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺭﻕ ﮔﺭﻓﺗﮕﯽ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺗﺷﺳﻭﺯی ﻣﻧﺟﺭ ﺷﻭﺩ‪(.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻁﻣﻳﻧﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻭﻟﺗﺎژ ﺑﺭﻗﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﻭﺻﻝ ﺍﺳﺕ ﺑﺎ ﻭﻟﺗﺎژ ﻣﻧﺑﻊ ﺑﺭﻕ ﻣﺣﻠﯽ ﺷﻣﺎ ﺑﺭﺍﺑﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻭﺻﻝ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﭼﻧﺩﻳﻥ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ ﻣﻳﺗﻭﺍﻧﺩ ﻣﻭﺟﺏ ﮔﺭﻣﺎﻳﺵ ﺑﻳﺵ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺩ ﺷﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻓﺭﻭ ﺑﺭﺩﻥ ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﺷﻳﺩﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺭﻭی ﺁﻥ ﺧﻭﺩﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻣﻳﺭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺳﺗﮑﺎﺭی ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺧﻭﺩﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫)ﺍﻳﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻣﮑﻥ ﺍﺳﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺗﺷﺳﻭﺯی‪ ،‬ﺑﺭﻕ ﮔﺭﻓﺗﮕﯽ ﻳﺎ ﺻﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﺳﻣﯽ ﻣﻧﺟﺭ ﺷﻭﺩ‪(.‬‬
‫‪ Å‬ﺑﺭﺍی ﺍﻧﺟﺎﻡ ﺗﻌﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻟﻁﻔﺎ ً ﺑﺎ ﻧﺯﺩﻳﮑﺗﺭﻳﻥ ﻧﻣﺎﻳﻧﺩﮔﯽ ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺟﺎﺯ ﺗﻣﺎﺱ ﺑﮕﻳﺭﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻳﭻ ﺷﻳﺋﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﻫﻭﺍﮐﺵ ﻳﺎ ﺷﮑﺎﻑ ﻓﺭﻭ ﻧﮑﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫)ﺍﻳﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻳﺗﻭﺍﻧﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺭﻕ ﮔﺭﻓﺗﮕﯽ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺧﺗﻼﻝ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻧﺟﺭ ﺷﻭﺩ‪(.‬‬
‫• ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳژﻩ ﺍﺷﻳﺎء ﻓﻠﺯی ﻣﺛﻝ ﭘﻳﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﻳﺦ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻳﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ ﻧﻳﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﻭﻳﺽ ﻗﻁﻌﺎﺕ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻗﻁﻌﺎﺕ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻓﺎﺑﺭﻳﮏ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﮑﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫)ﺍﻳﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻳﺗﻭﺍﻧﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﺳﻣﯽ‪ ،‬ﺑﺭﻕ ﮔﺭﻓﺗﮕﯽ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺗﺷﺳﻭﺯی ﻣﻧﺟﺭ ﺷﻭﺩ‪(.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺗﯽ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﻧﻭﺯ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻳﮑﻧﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﻌﯽ ﻧﮑﻧﻳﺩ ﺩﺭﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫)ﺍﻳﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻳﺗﻭﺍﻧﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﺳﻣﯽ ﻣﻧﺟﺭ ﺷﻭﺩ‪(.‬‬
‫ﻫﻳﭼﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺍﻍ )ﺑﺎﻻی ‪ 60‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺗﻳﮕﺭﺍﺩ( ﺑﺭﺍی ﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺕ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺧﺷﮏ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﮑﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫)ﺍﻳﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻳﺗﻭﺍﻧﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻭﺧﺗﮕﯽ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺧﺗﻼﻝ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻧﺟﺭ ﺷﻭﺩ‪(.‬‬
‫ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺩﺍﻍ )ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺕ ﺑﻳﺵ ﺍﺯ ‪ 60‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺗﻳﮕﺭﺍﺩ( ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻅﺭﻑ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁﮑﻥ ﻧﺭﻳﺯﻳﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫)ﺍﻳﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻳﺗﻭﺍﻧﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﺳﻣﯽ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺧﺗﻼﻝ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻧﺟﺭ ﺷﻭﺩ‪(.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻫﺎﻧﺩﺍﺯی ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﺟﺎ ﺍﻧﺩﺍﺧﺗﻥ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺩﺭﺏ ﻅﺭﻑ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ ﺧﻭﺩﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻳﮑﻧﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﮕﺷﺕ ﺧﻭﺩ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻠﯽ ﻣﺎﻧﻧﺩ ﻗﺎﺷﻕ‪ ،‬ﭼﻧﮕﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻏﻳﺭﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻅﺭﻑ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﻧﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫)ﺍﻳﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻣﮑﻥ ﺍﺳﺕ ﻣﻭﺟﺏ ﺻﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﺳﻣﯽ‪ ،‬ﺑﺭﻕ ﮔﺭﻓﺗﮕﯽ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺗﺷﺳﻭﺯی ﺑﺭ ﺍﺛﺭ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻟﯽ ﺷﻭﺩ‪(.‬‬
‫ﭘﻳﻥ ﺍﻳﻣﻧﯽ ﻭ ﺍﻫﺭﻡ ﺍﻳﻣﻧﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻳﭻ ﺍﺑﺯﺍﺭی ﻣﺛﻝ ﻣﻳﻠﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻧﺩ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﻧﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﭼﻭﻥ ﻣﻣﮑﻥ ﺍﺳﺕ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻳﻥ ﻭﺳﻳﻠﻪ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺷﺧﺎﺻﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻧﺎﺗﻭﺍﻧﻳﻬﺎی ﺟﺳﻣﯽ‪ ،‬ﺣﺳﯽ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﻧﯽ ﻫﺳﺗﻧﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﺵ ﻭ ﺗﺟﺭﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﻓﯽ ﺟﻬﺕ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻥ ﻣﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﺑﺭﺧﻭﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﻧﻳﺳﺗﻧﺩ )ﺍﺯ ﺟﻣﻠﻪ ﮐﻭﺩﮐﺎﻥ( ﻁﺭﺍﺣﯽ ﻧﺷﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺭ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺷﺧﺻﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺳﺋﻭﻝ ﺍﻳﻣﻧﯽ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺕ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺳﻳﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺁﻣﻭﺯﺵ ﺑﺩﻫﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺭ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻅﺎﺭﺕ ﮐﻧﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻭﺩﮐﺎﻥ ﻣﺭﺍﻗﺑﺕ ﺷﻭﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺑﺎﺩﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻥ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﺯی ﮐﻧﻧﺩ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻋﺩﻡ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺕ ﺍﻳﻥ ﻧﮑﺎﺕ ﻣﻳﺗﻭﺍﻧﺩ ﻣﻭﺟﺏ ﺳﻭﺧﺗﮕﯽ‪ ،‬ﺻﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﺳﻣﯽ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺭﻕ ﮔﺭﻓﺗﮕﯽ ﺷﻭﺩ‪(.‬‬
‫‪33‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺣﮑﻡ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ ﺟﺎ ﺑﻳﻧﺩﺍﺯﻳﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫)ﺩﺭ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻳﻥ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﻣﮑﻥ ﺍﺳﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺳﻁﻪ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺕ ﺍﺣﺗﻣﺎﻟﯽ ﺗﻭﻟﻳﺩ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻭﺟﺏ ﺑﺭﻕ ﮔﺭﻓﺗﮕﯽ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺗﺷﺳﻭﺯی ﺷﻭﺩ‪(.‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻁﻭﺭ ﻣﺭﺗﺏ ﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫)ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻬﺎی ﮐﻪ ﮐﺛﻳﻑ ﻭ ﺁﻟﻭﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ ﻣﻳﺗﻭﺍﻧﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺭﻁﻭﺑﺕ ﻓﺎﻗﺩ ﻋﺎﻳﻕ ﮐﺎﻓﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺗﺷﺳﻭﺯی ﻣﻧﺟﺭ ﮔﺭﺩﺩ‪(.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ ﺑﺭﻭﺯ ﺍﺧﺗﻼﻝ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺭﺍﺑﯽ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ ﺑﮑﺷﻳﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫)ﻋﺩﻡ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺕ ﺍﻳﻥ ﻧﮑﺗﻪ ﺍﻳﻥ ﻣﻳﺗﻭﺍﻧﺩ ﻣﻭﺟﺏ ﺳﺎﻁﻊ ﺷﺩﻥ ﺩﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺁﺗﺷﺳﻭﺯی ﻳﺎ ﺑﺭﻕ ﮔﺭﻓﺗﮕﯽ ﺷﻭﺩ‪(.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﻧﻭﺍﻥ ﻣﺛﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻁﯽ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻋﺎﺩی ﻳﺎ ﺧﺭﺍﺑﯽ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻭ ﺳﻳﻡ ﺑﺭﻕ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻋﺎﺩی ﺩﺍﻍ ﻣﻳﺷﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﻳﻡ ﺁﺳﻳﺏ ﺩﻳﺩﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺧﺗﻼﻟﯽ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻧﺑﻊ ﺑﺭﻕ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺁﻣﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺷﮑﻝ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻳﺵ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺩ ﺩﺍﻍ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Å‬ﻟﻁﻔﺎ ً ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ ﺑﮑﺷﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺭﺍی ﻣﺷﺎﻭﺭﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻌﻣﻳﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺭﮐﺯ ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺟﺎﺯ ﺗﻣﺎﺱ ﺑﮕﻳﺭﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻗﺕ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻧﮕﺎﻡ ﮐﺷﻳﺩﻥ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ‪ ،‬ﺧﻭﺩ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﻳﺭﻳﺩ؛ ﻳﻌﻧﯽ ﻫﻳﭻ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺍﻳﻥ ﻣﻧﻅﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻧﮑﺷﻳﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫)ﺩﺭ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻳﻥ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﻣﮑﻥ ﺍﺳﺕ ﻣﻭﺟﺏ ﺑﺭﻕ ﮔﺭﻓﺗﮕﯽ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺗﺷﺳﻭﺯی ﺑﺭ ﺍﺛﺭ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻟﯽ ﺷﻭﺩ‪(.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ ﺭﻳﺧﺗﻥ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﻍ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻅﺭﻑ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁﮑﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﺯﻳﺭﺍ ﻣﻣﮑﻥ ﺍﺳﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺑﺧﺎﺭ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﯽ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺳﻣﺕ ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻥ ﭘﺎﺷﻳﺩﻩ ﺷﻭﻧﺩ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻋﺩﻡ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺕ ﺍﻳﻥ ﻧﮑﺗﻪ ﻣﻳﺗﻭﺍﻧﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻭﺧﺗﮕﯽ ﻣﻧﺟﺭ ﺷﻭﺩ‪(.‬‬
‫ﻫﻧﮕﺎﻡ ﺩﺳﺕ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻳﻐﻬﻬﺎی ﺑﺭﺵ‪ ،‬ﺗﺧﻠﻳﻪ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻅﺭﻑ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ ﻭ ﻧﻅﺎﻓﺕ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﮐﺎﻣﻼً ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫)ﻣﺛﻝ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﭼﺎﻗﻭ‪ ،‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺧﺭﺩﮐﻥ ﻭ ﻏﻳﺭﻩ(‬
‫)ﻋﺩﻡ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺕ ﺍﻳﻥ ﻧﮑﺗﻪ ﻣﻳﺗﻭﺍﻧﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﺳﻣﯽ ﻣﻧﺟﺭ ﺷﻭﺩ‪(.‬‬
‫ﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺗﯽ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻳﮑﻧﺩ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﻧﻅﺎﺭﺕ ﺭﻫﺎ ﻧﮑﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫)ﺍﻳﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻳﺗﻭﺍﻧﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺗﺷﺳﻭﺯی ﻳﺎ ﺳﻭﺧﺗﮕﯽ ﻣﻧﺟﺭ ﺷﻭﺩ‪(.‬‬
‫• ﺍﮔﺭ ﻣﻳﺧﻭﺍﻫﻳﺩ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﻧﻅﺎﺭﺕ ﺭﻫﺎ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺗﻣﺎ ً ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺭﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺣﻠﻬﺎی ﺯﻳﺭ ﺧﻭﺩﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫• ﺭﻭی ﺳﻁﻭﺡ ﻧﺎﺻﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﻓﺭﺷﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻣﻳﺯﻳﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺭ ﺳﻁﻭﺣﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺭﺍﺑﺭ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﻧﻳﺳﺗﻧﺩ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﻳﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻳﺗﻭﺍﻧﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺗﺷﺳﻭﺯی ﻳﺎ ﺻﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﺳﻣﯽ ﻣﻧﺟﺭ ﺷﻭﺩ‪(.‬‬
‫• ﺩﺭ ﻣﺣﻠﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻣﮑﻥ ﺍﺳﺕ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺭﺽ ﭘﺎﺷﺵ ﺁﺏ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻳﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺟﺎﻭﺭﺕ ﻣﻧﺎﺑﻊ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺗﯽ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﻳﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻳﺗﻭﺍﻧﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺭﻕ ﮔﺭﻓﺗﮕﯽ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺷﺕ ﺟﺭﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻧﺟﺭ ﺷﻭﺩ‪(.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺣﻠﻬﺎی ﺯﻳﺭ ﺧﻭﺩﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫• ﺩﺭ ﻣﺣﻠﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻣﮑﻥ ﺍﺳﺕ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺭﺽ ﺭﻁﻭﺑﺕ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺕ ﺷﺩﻳﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺎﺑﺵ ﻣﺳﺗﻘﻳﻡ ﺁﻓﺗﺎﺏ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻳﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﻳﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻳﺗﻭﺍﻧﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺧﺗﻼﻝ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻧﺟﺭ ﺷﻭﺩ‪(.‬‬
‫• ﻫﺭ ﻣﺣﻠﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍی ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻳﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﻳﺧﭼﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺭﻳﺯﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺭﻭﻭﻳﻭ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﻓﺭ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﻳﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻳﺗﻭﺍﻧﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺧﺗﻼﻝ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺭﺍﺑﯽ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻧﺟﺭ ﺷﻭﺩ‪(.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺧﺭﺩ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﺳﻔﺕ )ﻣﺛﻝ ﮔﻭﺷﺕ ﺳﻔﺕ‪ ،‬ﮔﻭﺷﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺍی ﺍﺳﺗﺧﻭﺍﻥ( ﻳﺎ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﭼﺳﺑﻧﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﮑﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫)ﺍﻳﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻳﺗﻭﺍﻧﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺧﺗﻼﻝ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻧﺟﺭ ﺷﻭﺩ‪(.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻣﺎﻳﺵ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺑﻳﺷﺗﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ ﻅﺭﻓﻳﺕ ﻣﺷﺧﺹ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺭﻭی ﻫﺭ ﻅﺭﻑ ﺧﻭﺩﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻪ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺑﺭﺍی‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺁﻣﺎﻳﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺕ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺕ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻋﺩﻡ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺕ ﺍﻳﻥ ﻧﮑﺗﻪ ﻣﻳﺗﻭﺍﻧﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺭﺯﺵ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺧﺗﻼﻝ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻧﺟﺭ ﺷﻭﺩ‪(.‬‬
‫ﺑﺭﺍی ﻣﺩﺗﯽ ﻁﻭﻻﻧﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻧﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻪ ﻣﻳﺷﻭﺩ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺩﺗﯽ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﺧﻧﮏ ﺷﻭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫)ﻋﺩﻡ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺕ ﺍﻳﻥ ﻧﮑﺗﻪ ﻣﻳﺗﻭﺍﻧﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﻍ ﺷﺩﻥ ﺑﻳﺵ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺩ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻧﺟﺭ ﺷﻭﺩ‪(.‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺭﺍﺣﺕ‬

‫)ﺩﻗﻳﻘﻪ(‬ ‫)ﺩﻗﻳﻘﻪ(‬
‫ﻏﺫﺍﺳﺎﺯ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﺧﺷﮏ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪44‬‬
‫ﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺗﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻣﻳﺷﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ ﺑﮑﺷﻳﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫)ﻋﺩﻡ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺕ ﺍﻳﻥ ﻧﮑﺗﻪ ﻣﻣﮑﻥ ﺍﺳﺕ ﻣﻭﺟﺏ ﺑﺭﻕ ﮔﺭﻓﺗﮕﯽ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺗﺷﺳﻭﺯی ﺑﺭ ﺍﺛﺭ ﻧﺷﺕ ﺟﺭﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﻭﺩ‪(.‬‬
‫ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻠﻧﺩ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭی ﻣﻳﺯ‪ ،‬ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﻭ ﻅﺭﻑ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺩﺍ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻌﻭﻳﺽ ﻟﻭﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺑﯽ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺳﺕ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻁﻌﺎﺗﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻳﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺣﺭﮐﺕ ﻣﻳﮑﻧﻧﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ ﺑﺭﻕ ﺑﮑﺷﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻧﮕﺎﻡ ﺟﺎﺑﺟﺎ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺗﻣﺎ ً ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺭ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺳﺕ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻧﮕﺎﻡ ﺟﺎﺑﺟﺎ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻁ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻅﺭﻑ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﮐﻥ ﻳﺎ ﻅﺭﻑ ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﺭﺍ ﻧﮕﻪ ﻧﺩﺍﺭﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ ﮔﻳﺭ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺑﺭﺵ‪ ،‬ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ ﺑﮑﺷﻳﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻓﺭﻭ ﺑﺭﺩﻥ ﺍﻧﮕﺷﺕ ﺧﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﻅﺭﻑ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ ﺧﻭﺩﺩﺍﺭی ﻧﻣﺎﻳﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺭﺍی ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻭﺟﺏ ﮔﻳﺭ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺭﺵ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ ﺷﺩﻫﺎﻧﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﻗﺎﺷﻘﮏ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﮑﺎﺕ ﻣﻬﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻣﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﺳﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻭﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺑﯽ‬ ‫ﺷﺭﺡ‬
‫ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﭼﺎﻗﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺳﻔﺕ ﻳﺎ ﭼﺳﺑﻧﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﺩﺍﻧﻬﻬﺎی ﻗﻬﻭﻩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻧﻬﻬﺎی ﺧﺷﮏ ﺳﻭﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻏﺫﺍﻫﺎی‬
‫ﻣﻧﺟﻣﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻫﯽ ﺧﺷﮏ ﻭ ﻏﻳﺭﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻭﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺑﯽ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺩﺍﺭﺍی ﻓﻳﺑﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﭼﺳﺑﻧﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻳﺵ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺩ ﻧﺭﻡ ﻫﺳﺗﻧﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﺳﺑﺯﻳﺟﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ژﺍﻣﺑﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﺯﺭﺩﭼﻭﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻧﺟﺑﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﮐﺎﻫﻭ‪ ،‬ﮔﻭﺟﻪ ﻓﺭﻧﮕﯽ‪ ،‬ﻫﻠﻭ‪ ،‬ﺷﮑﻼﺕ ﻭ ﻏﻳﺭﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﻭﺭﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻭﺍﺩی ﮐﻪ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺗﻬﻳﻪ ﺧﻣﻳﺭ ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺏ ﻧﻳﺳﺗﻧﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﮔﻭﺷﺕ‪ ،‬ﺳﺑﺯﻳﺟﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺁﺟﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺳﺱ‪ ،‬ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﻣﺎﻟﻳﺩﻧﯽ ﻣﺛﻝ ﻣﺭﺑﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻡ ﺯﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﻫﺭ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺩﻳﮕﺭی ﺑﻪ ﺟﺯ ﺳﻔﻳﺩﻩ ﺗﺧﻡ ﻣﺭﻍ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻣﻪ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺭﻧﺩﻩ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﭼﺳﺑﻧﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺩﺍﺭﺍی ﻓﻳﺑﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻳﺵ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺩ ﮐﻭﭼﮏ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺯک ﻫﺳﺗﻧﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ‬
‫ﺳﻳﺑﺯﻣﻳﻧﯽ ﻫﻧﺩی‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺑﺯﻣﻳﻧﯽ‪ ،‬ﮐﺭﻓﺱ‪ ،‬ﺗﺭﻩ ﻓﺭﻧﮕﯽ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻧﻬﻬﺎی ﮐﺎﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻏﻳﺭﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺑﮑﺵ ﺳﺎﻻﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺑﺯﺭگ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻣﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺭﻡ ﻭ ﺗﺭﺩ ﻫﺳﺗﻧﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﺗﮑﻬﻬﺎی ﺑﺯﺭگ ﻫﻭﻳﺞ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻳﺑﺯﻣﻳﻧﯽ‪ ،‬ﮔﻭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﻓﺭﻧﮕﯽ‪ ،‬ﺗﻭﻓﻭ )ﺧﻣﻳﺭ ﺳﻭﻳﺎ(‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺳﺗﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﻭﺩﻝ )ﺭﺷﺗﻪ ﻓﺭﻧﮕﯽ(‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻏﻳﺭﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺭﺱ ﻣﺭﮐﺑﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻫﺭ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺯ ﻣﺭﮐﺑﺎﺕ؛ ﻣﺛﻼً ﺳﻳﺏ‪ ،‬ﮐﻳﻭی ﻭ ﻏﻳﺭﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺳﻔﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺩﺍﺭﺍی ﻓﻳﺑﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﮔﻭﺷﺕ‪ ،‬ﺯﺭﺩﭼﻭﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻧﻬﻬﺎی ﺧﺷﮏ ﺳﻭﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻏﺫﺍی ﻣﻧﺟﻣﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﮔﻭﺷﺕ ﻣﻧﺟﻣﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻫﯽ ﻣﻧﺟﻣﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺑﺯﻣﻳﻧﯽ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻏﻳﺭﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﺧﺷﮏ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﻬﻬﺎی ﺳﻔﺕ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻧﻬﻬﺎی ﺧﺷﮏ ﺷﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺩﺍﺭﺍی ﻓﻳﺑﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺳﻔﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﻣﺭﻁﻭﺏ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﺁﺟﻳﻠﻬﺎی‬
‫ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻑ‪ ،‬ﮐﺷﻣﺵ‪ ،‬ﮔﻭﺷﺕ‪ ،‬ﺳﺑﺯﻳﺟﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺗﺧﻣﻣﺭﻍ ﺁﺑﭘﺯ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻏﻳﺭﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﻣﻳﺷﻪ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ﻳﮏ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺻﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﻳﮑﻧﻭﺍﺧﺕ‪ ،‬ﺧﺷﮏ ﻭ ﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻁﻣﻳﻧﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﺷﻭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺎﮐﺷﻥ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻻﺳﺗﻳﮑﯽ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﺣﻭ ﺑﻬﻳﻧﻪ ﻋﻣﻝ ﻣﻳﮑﻧﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪35‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﻡ ﻗﻁﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻏﺫﺍﺳﺎﺯ‬
‫‪1.‬‬
‫‪2.‬‬
‫‪3.‬‬ ‫‪15.‬‬
‫‪14.‬‬
‫‪13.‬‬
‫‪16.‬‬
‫‪4.‬‬ ‫‪6.‬‬ ‫‪8.‬‬
‫‪12.‬‬
‫‪17.‬‬
‫‪11.‬‬
‫‪5.‬‬ ‫‪7.‬‬ ‫‪9.‬‬ ‫‪10.‬‬
‫‪19.‬‬ ‫‪18.‬‬
‫‪21.‬‬
‫‪20.‬‬
‫‪24.‬‬
‫‪23.‬‬
‫‪22.‬‬
‫ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻧﺎﺯک‬ ‫‪.13‬‬ ‫‪ .1‬ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻧﺩﻩ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ‬

‫ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺧﻼﻝ ﮐﻠﻔﺕ‬ ‫‪.14‬‬ ‫‪ .2‬ﻟﻭﻟﻪ ﺗﻐﺫﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﭼﻳﭘﺱ‬ ‫‪.15‬‬ ‫‪ .3‬ﺩﺭﺏ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺧﺭﻭﻁﯽ ﻣﺭﮐﺑﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪.16‬‬ ‫‪ .4‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﭼﺎﻗﻭ‬
‫ﺻﺎﻓﯽ ﻣﺭﮐﺑﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪.17‬‬ ‫‪ .5‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺭﻧﺩﻩ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‬
‫ﮐﺎﺳﻪ‬ ‫‪.18‬‬ ‫‪ .6‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﻭﺭﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻳﻠﻪ ﻣﺣﺭک‬ ‫‪.19‬‬ ‫‪ .7‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺭﻧﺩﻩ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ‬ ‫‪.20‬‬ ‫‪ .8‬ﺩﺭﺏ ﺁﺑﮑﺵ‬
‫ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﺑﺭﻕ‬ ‫‪.21‬‬ ‫‪ .9‬ﺁﺑﮑﺵ ﺳﺎﻻﺩ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻻﺳﺗﻳﮑﯽ‬ ‫‪.22‬‬ ‫‪ .10‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻳﻡ ﺑﺭﻕ‬ ‫‪.23‬‬ ‫‪ .11‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺧﺭﺩ'ﮐﻥ ﺭﻳﺯ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ*‬ ‫‪.24‬‬ ‫‪ .12‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺧﺭﺩﮐﻥ ﺩﺭﺷﺕ‬
‫*ﻣﻣﮑﻥ ﺍﺳﺕ ﺷﮑﻝ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﭼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻧﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺩﺍﺷﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪36‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﻡ ﻗﻁﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ‪ ،‬ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﺧﺷﮏ ﻭ ﻟﻭﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺑﯽ‬
‫‪1.‬‬ ‫‪12.‬‬
‫‪4.‬‬
‫‪2.‬‬
‫‪5.‬‬
‫‪6.‬‬
‫‪3.‬‬
‫‪9.‬‬
‫‪7.‬‬
‫‪13.‬‬
‫‪11.‬‬
‫‪10.‬‬
‫‪8.‬‬
‫‪ .11‬ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ*‬ ‫‪ .6‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻅﺭﻑ ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺏ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫‪ .12‬ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺩﺍﺭی‬ ‫‪ .7‬ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ‬ ‫ﻅﺭﻑ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫‪ .13‬ﺑﺭﺱ‬ ‫‪ .8‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻻﺳﺗﻳﮑﯽ‬ ‫ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺑﺭﺵ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫‪ .9‬ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﺑﺭﻕ‬ ‫ﻅﺭﻑ ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫‪ .10‬ﺳﻳﻡ ﺑﺭﻕ‬ ‫ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺑﺭﺵ ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ‬ ‫‪.5‬‬
‫*ﻣﻣﮑﻥ ﺍﺳﺕ ﺷﮑﻝ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﭼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻧﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺩﺍﺷﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺣﻪ ﮐﻧﺗﺭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺗﺧﺎﺏ ﺣﺎﻟﺕ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻧﻭی ﺧﻭﺩﮐﺎﺭ ‪-‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺕ ﭼﺭﺥ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‬
‫‪ LED‬ﻧﺷﺎﻧﮕﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺕ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺕ ﺳﺎﻁﻭﺭی ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‬
‫‪ LED‬ﻧﺷﺎﻧﮕﺭ ﺳﺭﻋﺕ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺕ ﻣﻧﺟﻣﺩ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻫﺎﻧﺩﺍﺯی‬
‫ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﭘﺎﻟﺱ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺕ ﺧﻣﻳﺭ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺕ ﺁﺑﮑﺵ‬
‫ﮔﺭﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻧﻭی ﺩﺳﺗﯽ ‪-‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺕ ﭘﻳﻭﺳﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻧﺷﺎﻧﮕﺭ ﺳﺭﻋﺕ‬ ‫ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺕ ﻣﺗﻧﺎﻭﺏ‬ ‫ﻧﺷﺎﻧﮕﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺗﻭﺟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫• ﭼﻧﺎﻧﭼﻪ ﻅﺭﻑ ‪ 10‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﻪ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺗﺧﺎﺏ ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺭﺩ ﻫﻳﭻ ﺍﻗﺩﺍﻣﯽ ﺍﻧﺟﺎﻡ ﻧﮕﻳﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ ﺧﻭﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﻧﺷﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﻳﺷﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﭼﺭﺧﺎﻧﺩﻥ ﮔﺭﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺕ ﻋﻘﺭﺑﻬﻬﺎی ﺳﺎﻋﺕ ﻣﻭﺟﺏ ﺍﻓﺯﺍﻳﺵ ﺗﻌﺩﺍﺩ ﻧﻭﺍﺭﻫﺎی ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﻣﻳﺷﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﮑﺱ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﺭﻋﺕ ﭘﻳﺷﻔﺭﺽ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺣﺎﻟﺗﻬﺎی ﭘﻳﻭﺳﺗﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺗﻧﺎﻭﺏ ﺭﻭی ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ )ﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ‪ (10‬ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﮔﺭ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﻭﻗﺗﺎ ً ﻣﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﺷﻭﺩ ﻭ ﻅﺭﻑ ‪ 20‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﻪ ﻫﻳﭻ ﺍﻗﺩﺍﻣﯽ ﺍﻧﺟﺎﻡ ﻧﮕﻳﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ ﺧﻭﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﻧﺷﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﻳﺷﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪37‬‬
‫ﻣﺣﺎﻓﻅ ﻣﺩﺍﺭﺷﮑﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺗﯽ ﻣﺩﺍﺭﺷﮑﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺳﮕﺭ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﮔﺭﻡ ﺷﺩﻥ ﺑﻳﺵ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺩ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ ﺧﻭﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﻣﻳﮑﻧﻧﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﻭ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺗﻭﺭﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻬﺎی ﺯﻳﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺕ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻣﺗﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺻﻑ ﮐﺎﻫﺵ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﻭ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺭ ﺑﮕﻳﺭﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﮔﺭ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻫﻡ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ ﺭﺍﻫﺎﻧﺩﺍﺯی ﻧﺷﺩ‪ ،‬ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺗﻌﺑﻳﻪ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻧﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﻭ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺳﺭ ﺑﮕﻳﺭﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﮔﺭ ﺣﺳﮕﺭ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺕ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﮏ ﻧﺷﺎﻧﮕﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺕ ﺧﻁﺎ ﻧﻣﺎﻳﺵ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﺷﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﭼﻧﺩ ﺩﻗﻳﻘﻪ ﺧﻧﮏ ﺷﻭﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻧﺷﺎﻧﮕﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺕ ﺧﻁﺎ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﮔﺭﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭘﺱ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺭ ﺑﮕﻳﺭﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺍﮔﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻫﻣﻪ ﺍﻳﻥ ﺍﻗﺩﺍﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﻧﻣﻳﺷﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻧﺯﺩﻳﮑﺗﺭﻳﻥ ﻣﺭﮐﺯ ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺟﺎﺯ ﺗﻣﺎﺱ ﺑﮕﻳﺭﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻔﻝ ﺍﻳﻣﻧﯽ‬
‫ﭘﻳﻥ ﺍﻳﻣﻧﯽ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺟﻠﻭﮔﻳﺭی ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﺷﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺭ ﺗﻌﺑﻳﻪ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺕ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻭﻗﺗﯽ ﺩﺭﺏ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺻﺎﻓﯽ ﻣﺭﮐﺑﺎﺕ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﻼً ﺑﺎ ﻫﻡ ﺟﻔﺕ ﻭ ﻗﻔﻝ ﻧﺷﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻧﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻭﻗﺗﯽ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻅﺭﻑ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ ﻳﺎ ﻅﺭﻑ ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﮐﺎﻣﻼً ﺑﺎ ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ ﺟﻔﺕ ﻭ ﻗﻔﻝ ﻧﺷﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻧﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻫﺭﻡ ﺍﻳﻣﻧﯽ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺗﯽ ﭘﻳﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻣﻧﯽ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻳﮑﻧﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭﺏ‬
‫ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺻﺎﻓﯽ ﻣﺭﮐﺑﺎﺕ ﮐﺎﻣﻼً‬
‫ﺭﻭی ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺟﺎ ﺍﻓﺗﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ ‪ :A‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻗﻔﻝ‬

‫ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ ‪ :B‬ﻗﻔﻝ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‬
‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬
‫ﻣﺭﺍﺣﻝ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺭﺍی ﻗﻔﻝ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﮐﺎﻣﻝ‪:‬‬

‫ﻋﻼﻣﺕ ﻣﺛﻠﺛﯽ ﺷﮑﻝ ﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺭﻭی ﻅﺭﻓﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺭﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﺣﻭی ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ ‪ A‬ﻧﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ ﺗﺭﺍﺯ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺕ ﻋﻘﺭﺑﻬﻬﺎی‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺕ ﺑﭼﺭﺧﺎﻧﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺻﺩﺍی ﻗﻔﻝ ﺷﺩﻥ ﺷﻧﻳﺩﻩ ﺷﻭﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺕ ﻣﺛﻠﺛﯽ ﺷﮑﻝ ﻫﻣﺗﺭﺍﺯ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ ‪ B‬ﻗﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺑﮕﻳﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺭﺍی ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻗﻔﻝ‪ ،‬ﻋﮑﺱ ﻣﺭﺍﺣﻝ ﻗﻔﻝ‬
‫ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺟﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻳﻧﻬﺎی ﺍﻳﻣﻧﯽ‬
‫• ﭘﻳﻥ ﺍﻳﻣﻧﯽ ﻭ ﺍﻫﺭﻡ ﺍﻳﻣﻧﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻳﭻ ﺍﺑﺯﺍﺭی ﻣﺛﻝ ﻣﻳﻠﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻧﻧﺩ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﻧﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺯ ﺭﻳﺧﺗﻥ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﭘﻳﻥ ﺍﻳﻣﻧﯽ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﺧﻭﺩﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻧﺎﺣﻳﻪ ﺍﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﭘﻳﻥ ﺍﻳﻣﻧﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺑﺎﺷﺗﻪ ﺷﺩﻥ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﯽ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻥ ﻗﺳﻣﺕ ﺟﻠﻭﮔﻳﺭی ﺷﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﺩﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺗﺿﻣﻳﻥ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﮐﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﭘﻳﻥ ﺍﻳﻣﻧﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﺗﯽ ﻋﻣﻝ ﮐﻧﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺭ ﺍﻳﻥ ﻧﮑﺎﺕ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺕ ﻧﺷﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻗﻁﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﺭﺑﻭﻁ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻳﻥ ﺍﻳﻣﻧﯽ ﺁﺳﻳﺏ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﺷﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪38‬‬
‫ﻏﺫﺍﺳﺎﺯ ‪ -‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺳﺗﻥ ‪-‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻟﺕ ﺑﺳﺗﻬﺑﻧﺩی ﺷﺩﻩ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻧﻭک ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﭼﺎﻗﻭ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺏ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻼﻑ ﻋﻘﺭﺑﻬﻬﺎی ﺳﺎﻋﺕ ﺑﭼﺭﺧﺎﻧﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻠﻧﺩ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ‬ ‫ﻧﻭک ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﭼﺎﻗﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻠﻧﺩ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺟﺩﺍ ﺷﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺟﺩﺍ ﺷﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻧﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﭼﺎﻗﻭ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻭﺍﻅﺏ ﻟﺑﻬﻬﺎی ﺗﻳﺯ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﭼﺎﻗﻭ ﺑﺎﺷﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺳﺗﻥ ﻟﻭﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺑﯽ ﻏﺫﺍﺳﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﮐﻳﺩﺍً ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻪ ﻣﻳﺷﻭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺍﻭﻟﻳﻥ ﺑﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﮐﻠﻳﻪ ﻟﻭﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺑﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺕ ﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﻭ ﺧﺷﮏ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ؛ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺁﮔﺎﻫﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵ‬
‫ﺗﻣﻳﺯﮐﺎﺭی ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺣﻪ ‪ 56‬ﻭ ‪ 57‬ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻣﺎﻳﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻧﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺳﺗﻥ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻟﻭﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺑﯽ‪ ،‬ﺣﺗﻣﺎ ً ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺑﺭﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ ﺑﮑﺷﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺻﻝ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ‪ ،‬ﺍﻁﻣﻳﻧﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺭﺍی ﺁﮔﺎﻫﯽ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺣﻭﻩ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺟﺩﺩ ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺣﻪ ‪ ،57‬ﺫﻳﻝ ﻋﻧﻭﺍﻥ »ﺍﻧﺑﺎﺭ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ« ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﭼﺎﻗﻭ • ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﻭﺭﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ • ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻡ ﺯﺩﻥ • ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺭﻧﺩﻩ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﭼﺎﻗﻭ )ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﻭﺭﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻡ ﺯﺩﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺭﻧﺩﻩ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ( ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺑﺭﻳﺯﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻭﺟﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺑﺭﺍی ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺭﻧﺩﻩ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ﻗﺳﻣﺕ ﻓﻭﻗﺎﻧﯽ ﺧﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺭﺍی ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﭼﺎﻗﻭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻁﻣﻳﻧﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎ‬ ‫ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺑﺭﻳﺯﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺩﺍﺧﺗﻥ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻳﻠﻪ ﻣﺣﺭک ﻓﻠﺯی ﺍﺯ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﭼﺎﻗﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻥ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺏ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺳﻣﺕ ﻓﻭﻗﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻘﺭﺑﻬﻬﺎی ﺳﺎﻋﺕ ﺑﭼﺭﺧﺎﻧﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺻﺩﺍی »ﮐﻠﻳﮏ« ﺷﻧﻳﺩﻩ ﺷﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻧﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻭﻟﻪ ﺗﻐﺫﻳﻪ ﺟﺎ ﺑﻳﻧﺩﺍﺯﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪39‬‬
‫ﺗﻳﻐﻬﻬﺎی ﺧﻼﻝ )ﮐﻠﻔﺕ‪/‬ﻧﺎﺯک( · ﺗﻳﻐﻬﻬﺎی ﺧﺭﺩﮐﻥ )ﺩﺭﺷﺕ‪/‬ﺭﻳﺯ( · ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﭼﻳﭘﺱ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺳﻭﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎی ﺍﻧﮕﺷﺕ‬
‫‪PUSH‬‬
‫‪PUSH‬‬
‫‪PUSH‬‬
‫‪PUSH‬‬
‫ﮔﻳﺭﻩ ﺑﺭﺟﺳﺗﻪ‬
‫ﮔﻳﺭﻩ ﺑﺭﺟﺳﺗﻪ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﻣﻭﺭﺩ ﻧﻅﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺟﺎ ﺑﻳﻧﺩﺍﺯﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻁﻣﻳﻧﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﻗﺳﻣﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻣﻪ »‪ «PUSH‬ﻣﺷﺧﺹ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﺗﯽ ﺟﺎ ﺍﻓﺗﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺻﺩﺍی »ﺗﻠﻕ« ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻧﻳﺩﻩ ﺷﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺟﺎ ﺑﻳﻔﺗﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻧﮕﺎﻡ ﺟﺎ ﺍﻧﺩﺍﺧﺗﻥ ﺗﻳﻐﻬﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻭﺍﻅﺏ ﻟﺑﻬﻬﺎی ﺗﻳﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺭﺍی ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺭ ﻭ ﺗﻪ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﻭ ﻁﺭﻑ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻝ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺳﻣﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻣﻪ »‪ «PUSH‬ﻣﺷﺧﺹ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺑﺭﺍی ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺗﻥ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﮕﺷﺕ ﻭ ﺷﺳﺕ ﺧﻭﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺳﻭﺭﺍﺧﻬﺎی‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺏ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺳﻣﺕ ﻓﻭﻗﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻧﮕﺷﺕ ﻓﺭﻭ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﻣﻭﻧﺗﺎژ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺟﺎ ﺑﻳﻧﺩﺍﺯﻳﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻘﺭﺑﻬﻬﺎی ﺳﺎﻋﺕ ﺑﭼﺭﺧﺎﻧﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺻﺩﺍی »ﮐﻠﻳﮏ« ﺷﻧﻳﺩﻩ ﺷﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻁﻣﻳﻧﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎ ﺍﻧﺩﺍﺧﺗﻥ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻳﻠﻪ ﻣﺣﺭک‬
‫ﻓﻠﺯی ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻥ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺭﺱ ﻣﺭﮐﺑﺎﺕ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺻﺎﻓﯽ ﻣﺭﮐﺑﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺕ ﻋﻘﺭﺑﻬﻬﺎی‬ ‫ﻣﺧﺭﻭﻁﯽ ﻣﺭﮐﺑﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻳﻠﻪ ﻣﺣﺭک ﻭﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺕ ﺑﭼﺭﺧﺎﻧﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺻﺩﺍی »ﮐﻠﻳﮏ« ﺷﻧﻳﺩﻩ ﺷﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪40‬‬
‫ﺁﺑﮑﺵ ﺳﺎﻻﺩ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺏ ﺁﺑﮑﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺣﻭی ﺭﻭی ﻗﺳﻣﺕ ﻓﻭﻗﺎﻧﯽ ﺁﺑﮑﺵ ﺳﺎﻻﺩ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺁﺑﮑﺵ ﺳﺎﻻﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺁﺑﮑﺵ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻻﺩ ﺑﺭﻳﺯﻳﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ ‪ A‬ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻳﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﭘﺱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺕ ﻋﻘﺭﺑﻬﻬﺎی‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺕ ﺑﭼﺭﺧﺎﻧﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ ‪ B‬ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻳﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﻁﻣﻳﻧﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎ ﺍﻧﺩﺍﺧﺗﻥ ﺁﺑﮑﺵ ﺳﺎﻻﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻳﻠﻪ ﻣﺣﺭک‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺏ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺳﻣﺕ ﻓﻭﻗﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺕ‬
‫ﻓﻠﺯی ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻥ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻘﺭﺑﻬﻬﺎی ﺳﺎﻋﺕ ﺑﭼﺭﺧﺎﻧﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺻﺩﺍی »ﮐﻠﻳﮏ« ﺷﻧﻳﺩﻩ ﺷﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻝ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻗﻁﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﻭﻧﺗﺎژ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺳﻣﺕ ﻓﻭﻗﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ ‪A‬‬
‫ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻳﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪ .2‬ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺕ ﻋﻘﺭﺑﻬﻬﺎی ﺳﺎﻋﺕ ﺑﭼﺭﺧﺎﻧﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺻﺩﺍی »ﮐﻠﻳﮏ« ﺷﻧﻳﺩﻩ‬

‫ﺷﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻁﻣﻳﻧﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻼﻣﺕ ﻣﺛﻠﺛﯽ ﺷﮑﻝ ﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺭﻭی ﮐﺎﺳﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﺣﻭی‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ ‪ B‬ﻧﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺕ ﻣﺳﺗﻁﻳﻝ ﺷﮑﻝ ﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺭﻭی‬
‫ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ ﺗﺭﺍﺯ ﮔﺭﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬
‫ﺑﺭﺍی ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻗﻁﻌﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻋﮑﺱ ﻣﺭﺍﺣﻠﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺟﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺑﺳﺗﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻧﺟﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪41‬‬
‫ﻏﺫﺍﺳﺎﺯ ‪ -‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﭼﺎﻗﻭ ‪-‬‬
‫ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻫﺳﺎﺯی ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺑﺭﺍی ﻣﻧﻭی ﺧﻭﺩﮐﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺕ‬ ‫ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻭﻟﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺗﮑﯽ‬ ‫ﺳﺭﻋﺕ ﻭ ﻣﺩﺕ ﺁﻣﺎﻳﺵ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻫﺳﺎﺯی‬
‫ﺣﺩﺍﻗﻝ~ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ‬
‫ﺳﺭﻋﺕ‪ :‬ﺧﻭﺩﮐﺎﺭ‬
‫ﮔﻭﺷﺕ‬ ‫‪50~400 g‬‬ ‫ﻣﺩﺕ‪ :‬ﺧﻭﺩﮐﺎﺭ)‪ 30‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﻪ(‬ ‫ﮐﻝ ﭘﻭﺳﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﻭﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻭﺷﺕ‬
‫ﺧﺭﺩ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﺟﺩﺍ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ؛ ﺳﭘﺱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻫﯽ‬ ‫‪50~500 g‬‬
‫ﺳﺭﻋﺕ‪ :‬ﺧﻭﺩﮐﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﮑﻌﺑﻬﺎی ‪ 3~2‬ﺳﺎﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭی ﺑﺭﺵ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺩﺕ‪ :‬ﺧﻭﺩﮐﺎﺭ)‪ 5~20‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﻪ(‬
‫ﺳﺎﻁﻭﺭی‬ ‫ﺳﺭﻋﺕ‪ :‬ﺧﻭﺩﮐﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﭘﻭﺳﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺩﺍ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ؛ ﺳﭘﺱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﭘﻳﺎﺯ‬ ‫‪150~500 g‬‬ ‫ﺻﻭﺭﺕ ﻣﮑﻌﺑﻬﺎی ‪ 3~2‬ﺳﺎﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭی‬
‫ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺩﺕ‪ :‬ﺧﻭﺩﮐﺎﺭ)‪ 60‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﻪ(‬
‫ﺑﺭﺵ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺭﺽ ‪ 2~1‬ﺳﺎﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻧﺟﻣﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻭﺯ ﻣﻧﺟﻣﺩ‬ ‫‪250~450 g‬‬
‫ﺳﺭﻋﺕ‪ :‬ﺧﻭﺩﮐﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻧﻳﻣﻪ ﻣﻧﺟﻣﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻧﯽ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺣﻭی ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺩﺕ‪ :‬ﺧﻭﺩﮐﺎﺭ)‪ 100‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﻪ(‬ ‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺩﻧﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﺗﻭﺍﻧﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺭﻭ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻣﻳﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﺯﻣﻳﻧﯽ‬ ‫‪100~500 g‬‬

‫ﺳﺭﻋﺕ‪ :‬ﺧﻭﺩﮐﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻐﺯ ﺑﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﺯﻣﻳﻧﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻥ ﺑﻳﺎﻭﺭﻳﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﺩﺕ‪ :‬ﺧﻭﺩﮐﺎﺭ)‪ 10‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﻪ(‬ ‫ﭘﻭﺳﺗﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺩﺍ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻭﻟﻳﻪ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺭ‪ .‬ﻫﻧﮕﺎﻡ ﺁﻣﺎﻳﺵ ﻫﺭ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺭی‪ ،‬ﻣﺩﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺎﻳﺵ ﺭﺍ ﻁﺑﻕ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻫﺳﺎﺯی ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺑﺭﺍی ﻣﻧﻭی ﺩﺳﺗﯽ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻥ ﺳﻔﻳﺩ ﻧﺭﻡ‬ ‫ﺳﺭﻋﺕ‪ :‬ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻥ ﻧﺭﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ‪ 6‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 8‬ﺗﮑﻪ ﺑﺭﺵ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺭﺩ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‬ ‫‪10~200 g‬‬
‫ﻣﺩﺕ‪ 40~10 :‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺭﻋﺕ‪ :‬ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ‬
‫ﺳﻳﺭ‬ ‫‪5~500 g‬‬ ‫ﻣﺩﺕ‪ 20~5 :‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﭘﻭﺳﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺩﺍ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺭﻋﺕ‪ :‬ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ‬ ‫ﭘﻭﺳﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺩﺍ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ؛ ﺳﭘﺱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﻫﻭﻳﺞ‬ ‫‪50~450 g‬‬
‫ﻣﺩﺕ‪ 25~10 :‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﺻﻭﺭﺕ ﻣﮑﻌﺑﻬﺎی ‪ 3~2‬ﺳﺎﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭی‬
‫ﺳﺎﻁﻭﺭی‬ ‫ﺑﺭﺵ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﺟﻌﻔﺭی‬ ‫ﺳﺭﻋﺕ‪ :‬ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ‬
‫‪5~100 g‬‬
‫ﻣﺩﺕ‪ 20~10 :‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻗﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺩﺍ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﺗﺎﻟﻳﺎﻳﯽ‬
‫ﺳﺭﻋﺕ‪ :‬ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ ﻣﮑﻌﺑﻬﺎی ‪ 3~2‬ﺳﺎﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭی‬
‫ﻗﺎﺭچ‬ ‫‪30~250 g‬‬
‫ﻣﺩﺕ‪ 45~3 :‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺭﺵ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺭﻋﺕ‪ :‬ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻐﺯ ﺑﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﺯﻣﻳﻧﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻥ ﺑﻳﺎﻭﺭﻳﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﺯﻣﻳﻧﯽ‬ ‫‪10~200 g‬‬
‫ﻣﺩﺕ‪ 45~15 :‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﭘﻭﺳﺗﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺩﺍ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻳﻭﺳﺗﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﻪ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﭘﻧﻳﺭ ﭘﺎﺭﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ‬ ‫‪10~200 g‬‬ ‫ﺳﺭﻋﺕ‪ :‬ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ ﻣﮑﻌﺑﻬﺎی ‪ 3~2‬ﺳﺎﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭی‬
‫ﻭﺭﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﺁﺭﺩ‬ ‫‪~300 g‬‬

‫ﺳﺭﻋﺕ‪ :‬ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺗﻬﻳﻪ ﺷﻳﺭﻳﻧﻳﺟﺎﺗﯽ ﻣﺛﻝ ﮐﻳﮏ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺩﺕ‪ ~120 :‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﮐﻠﻭﭼﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺎﻥ ﺷﻳﺭﻳﻧﯽ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻳﺦ‬ ‫ﻣﮑﻌﺑﻬﺎی ﻳﺦ‬ ‫~‪ 10‬ﺗﮑﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﺭﻋﺕ‪ :‬ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﮑﻌﺑﻬﺎی ﻳﺦ ‪ 3~2‬ﺳﺎﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭی‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺩﺕ‪ ~30 :‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻳﻭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺗﻬﻳﻪ ﺁﺑﻣﻳﻭﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ ﻣﮑﻌﺑﻬﺎی ‪3~2‬‬

‫‪~1,500 mL‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻏﻳﺭﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺭﻋﺕ‪ :‬ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭی ﺑﺭﺵ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﺧﺳﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﻭﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺩﺕ‪ ~180 :‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺟﺎﻣﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻣﺎﻳﺵ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﻗﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺗﻬﻳﻪ ﺳﻭپ‬ ‫ﺳﺑﺯﻳﺟﺎﺕ ﺁﺑﭘﺯ‬ ‫‪100~400 g‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﺭﻳﺯﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺟﻡ ﮐﻠﯽ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪ 1500‬ﻣﻳﻠﻳﻠﻳﺗﺭ ﺑﻳﺷﺗﺭ ﻧﺷﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺭﻋﺕ‪ :‬ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ ﻣﮑﻌﺑﻬﺎی ‪ 3~2‬ﺳﺎﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭی‬
‫ﺳﻳﺑﺯﻣﻳﻧﯽ ﺁﺑﭘﺯ ﭘﻭﺭﻩ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‬ ‫‪100~400 g‬‬
‫ﻣﺗﻧﺎﻭﺏ‬
‫‪42‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻧﻭی ﺧﻭﺩﮐﺎﺭ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﮑﻣﻳﻝ ﻣﺭﺍﺣﻝ ﻣﻭﻧﺗﺎژ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ ﻭﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻳﺩ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻟﺕ ﻣﻧﻭی ﺧﻭﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻭﺭﺩ ﻧﻅﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺗﺧﺎﺏ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪ LED .‬ﻧﺷﺎﻧﮕﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺕ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪ LED .‬ﻧﺷﺎﻧﮕﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺗﺧﺎﺏ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﻭ ﻳﮏ ﺻﺩﺍی ﺑﻳپ ﺷﻧﻳﺩﻩ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﺷﺩ‪ LED .‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﺷﺩ ﻭ ﭼﺷﻣﮏ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﺯﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮐﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻧﻳﺯ ﻧﺷﺎﻧﮕﺭ ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﺷﺩ ﻭ ﭼﺷﻣﮏ‬
‫ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﺯﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻫﺭ ﻣﻧﻭی ﺧﻭﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍی ﻳﮏ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻳﺵ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻁﯽ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻧﻭﺍﺭﻫﺎی ‪ LED‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻭﺍﺻﻝ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ‪ 10‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻫﺭ ﻧﻭﺍﺭ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﻧﺷﺎﻧﻪ ‪ 10‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﮑﯽ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﮕﺭی ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﺷﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺩﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺳﭘﺭی‬
‫ﺑﺭﺍی ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮔﺭﺩﺩ؛ ﺑﻌﺩ ‪ 4‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﺻﺩﺍی ﺑﻳپ ﺷﻧﻳﺩﻩ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﺷﺩ‪ LED .‬ﻧﺷﺎﻧﮕﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺕ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﺷﺩ ﻭ ﭼﺷﻣﮏ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﺯﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﮑﻣﻳﻝ ﻓﺭﺍﻳﻧﺩ ﺁﻣﺎﻳﺵ‪ ،‬ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ‬ ‫ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺁﻣﺎﻳﺵ ﺷﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺧﺳﺕ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﭼﺎﻗﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ ﺑﮑﺷﻳﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻥ ﺑﻳﺎﻭﺭﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻣﻳﺷﻪ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻳﺧﺗﻥ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻁﻣﻳﻧﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﭼﺎﻗﻭ ﺟﺎ ﺍﻓﺗﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺩﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ ﻟﺯﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﻳﺗﻭﺍﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻧﻭی ﺧﻭﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﭼﺭﺧﺎﻧﺩﻥ ﮔﺭﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺯﺍﻳﺵ ﻳﺎ ﮐﺎﻫﺵ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻧﻭی ﺧﻭﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻳﺗﻭﺍﻥ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺳﭘﺭی ﺷﺩﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﮐﺭﺩ؛ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺍﻳﻥ ﻣﻧﻅﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺩ ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﺷﺩﻩ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺭﺍی ﻣﻧﻭی ﺧﻭﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺧﻣﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻫﺭ ﻧﻭﺍﺭ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻧﺯﻟﻪ ‪ 1‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﻪ ﺍﺳﺕ‪ .‬ﻫﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺩﻗﻳﻘﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﮑﯽ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻭﺍﺭﻫﺎی ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﮐﺎﻫﺵ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﻳﺎﻓﺕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺳﺗﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺭﻋﺕ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﻣﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻣﮑﻥ ﺍﺳﺕ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻟﺭﺯﺷﯽ ﻗﺎﺑﻝ ﻣﻼﺣﻅﻪ ﺷﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻥ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺏ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻫﺭ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺳﺕ ﺧﻭﺩ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻳﻥ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪43‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻧﻭی ﺩﺳﺗﯽ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﮑﻣﻳﻝ ﻣﺭﺍﺣﻝ ﻣﻭﻧﺗﺎژ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ ﻭﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻳﺩ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻟﺕ ﭘﻳﻭﺳﺗﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺗﻧﺎﻭﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺗﺧﺎﺏ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪ LED .‬ﻧﺷﺎﻧﮕﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺕ ﺍﻧﺗﺧﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺷﺩﻩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﻭ ﻳﮏ ﺻﺩﺍی ﺑﻳپ ﺷﻧﻳﺩﻩ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﺷﺩ‪ LED .‬ﻧﺷﺎﻧﮕﺭ ﺳﺭﻋﺕ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪ LED .‬ﻧﺷﺎﻧﮕﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺕ‬
‫ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﭘﺎﻟﺱ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﺷﺩ ﻭ ﭼﺷﻣﮏ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﺷﺩ ﻭ ﭼﺷﻣﮏ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﺯﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺭﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ‪ ،‬ﺳﺭﻋﺕ ﺩﻟﺧﻭﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺭ‬ ‫ﻁﯽ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‪ LED ،‬ﻧﺷﺎﻧﮕﺭ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻧﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﺭﻋﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻳﺗﻭﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻳﻥ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﮐﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺭﺍی ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﻧﻭﺍﺭﻫﺎی ﺑﻳﺷﺗﺭی ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﺷﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﺭﻋﺕ ﺑﻳﺷﺗﺭ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﺑﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺭﺍی ﺁﻏﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﻟﺱ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﮑﻣﻳﻝ ﻓﺭﺍﻳﻧﺩ ﺁﻣﺎﻳﺵ‪ ،‬ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ‬ ‫ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺁﻣﺎﻳﺵ ﺷﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺧﺳﺕ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﭼﺎﻗﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ ﺑﮑﺷﻳﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻥ ﺑﻳﺎﻭﺭﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻣﻳﺷﻪ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻳﺧﺗﻥ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻁﻣﻳﻧﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﭼﺎﻗﻭ ﺟﺎ ﺍﻓﺗﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺭﺍی ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻳﺕ ﻭﺭﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺭﻳﺧﺗﻥ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺑﻳﺷﺗﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺧﻭﺩﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺭﺍ ﻣﻣﮑﻥ ﺍﺳﺕ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻟﺭﺯﺷﯽ‬
‫ﻏﻳﺭ ﻋﺎﺩی ﮔﺭﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺩﺍﻍ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻧﻅﻭﺭ ﺁﻣﺎﻳﺵ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﻧﺭﻳﺯﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻣﻳﺷﻪ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻳﺧﺗﻥ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺳﻳﺑﺯﻣﻳﻧﯽ ﺁﺑﭘﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻁﻣﻳﻧﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺩﺍﺯﻩ ﮐﺎﻓﯽ ﺧﻧﮏ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻧﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺭﺍی ﺗﻬﻳﻪ ﺁﺑﻣﻳﻭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺧﺳﺕ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺟﺎﻣﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺑﺭﻳﺯﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺣﻭی ﺣﺟﻡ ﮐﻠﯽ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ‪1500‬‬
‫ﻣﻳﻠﻳﻠﻳﺗﺭ ﺑﻳﺷﺗﺭ ﻧﺷﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺳﺗﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺭﻋﺕ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﻣﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻣﮑﻥ ﺍﺳﺕ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻟﺭﺯﺷﯽ ﻗﺎﺑﻝ ﻣﻼﺣﻅﻪ ﺷﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻥ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺏ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻳﻥ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪44‬‬
‫ﻏﺫﺍﺳﺎﺯ ‪ -‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ‪-‬‬
‫‪PUSH‬‬
‫‪PUSH‬‬ ‫‪PUSH‬‬ ‫‪PUSH‬‬ ‫‪PUSH‬‬
‫ﺗﻳﻐﻬﻬﺎی ﺧﻼﻝ )ﮐﻠﻔﺕ‪/‬ﻧﺎﺯک(‬ ‫ﺗﻳﻐﻬﻬﺎی ﺧﺭﺩﮐﻥ )ﺩﺭﺷﺕ‪/‬ﺭﻳﺯ(‬ ‫ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﭼﻳﭘﺱ‬

‫‪ -‬ﻣﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺧﻼﻝ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻣﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺧﺭﺩ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺭﻧﺩﻩ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻣﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺗﻬﻳﻪ ﭼﻳﭘﺱ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﺭﺩ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻫﺳﺎﺯی ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺗﻳﻐﻬﻬﺎی ﺧﻼﻝ )ﮐﻠﻔﺕ‪/‬ﻧﺎﺯک(‬
‫ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ‬
‫ﺧﻳﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪700 g‬‬
‫ﭘﻳﺎﺯ‬ ‫‪700 g‬‬
‫ﺳﺭﻋﺕ‪ :‬ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺩﺍﺯﻫﻬﺎﻳﯽ‬

‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﻫﻭﻳﺞ‬ ‫‪600 g‬‬
‫ﻣﺩﺕ‪- :‬‬
‫ﭘﻳﻭﺳﺗﻪ‬ ‫ﮐﻭﭼﮏ ﺑﺭﺵ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻗﺩﺭی ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺭﺍی ﻟﻭﻟﻪ ﺗﻐﺫﻳﻪ ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺏ ﺑﺎﺷﻧﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻳﺑﺯﻣﻳﻧﯽ‬ ‫‪600 g‬‬
‫ﮐﻠﻡ‬ ‫‪400 g‬‬
‫ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻫﺳﺎﺯی ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺗﻳﻐﻬﻬﺎی ﺧﺭﺩ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ )ﺩﺭﺷﺕ‪/‬ﺭﻳﺯ(‬
‫ﺧﻳﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪650 g‬‬
‫ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺩﺍﺯﻫﻬﺎﻳﯽ‬

‫ﻫﻭﻳﺞ‬ ‫‪500 g‬‬ ‫ﮐﻭﭼﮏ ﺑﺭﺵ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻗﺩﺭی ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺭﺍی ﻟﻭﻟﻪ ﺗﻐﺫﻳﻪ ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺏ ﺑﺎﺷﻧﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺭﺩ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﺳﻳﺑﺯﻣﻳﻧﯽ‬ ‫‪650 g‬‬
‫ﻣﺩﺕ‪- :‬‬
‫ﭘﻳﻭﺳﺗﻪ‬
‫ﮐﻭﭼﮏ ﺑﺭﺵ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻗﺩﺭی ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﭘﻧﻳﺭ‬ ‫‪500 g‬‬ ‫ﺑﺭﺍی ﻟﻭﻟﻪ ﺗﻐﺫﻳﻪ ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺏ ﺑﺎﺷﻧﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺳﻔﺕ ﻣﺛﻝ ﭘﻧﻳﺭ‬
‫ﭘﺎﺭﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﮑﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻫﺳﺎﺯی ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﭼﻳﭘﺱ‬
‫ﭼﻳﭘﺱ‬ ‫ﺳﻳﺑﺯﻣﻳﻧﯽ‬ ‫‪800 g‬‬
‫ﻣﺩﺕ‪- :‬‬ ‫ﮐﻭﭼﮏ ﺑﺭﺵ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻗﺩﺭی ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﭘﻳﻭﺳﺗﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﺭﺩ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﮐﻠﻡ‬ ‫‪500 g‬‬ ‫ﺑﺭﺍی ﻟﻭﻟﻪ ﺗﻐﺫﻳﻪ ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺏ ﺑﺎﺷﻧﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪45‬‬
‫ﻏﺫﺍﺳﺎﺯ ‪ -‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ‪-‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﮑﻣﻳﻝ ﻣﺭﺍﺣﻝ ﻣﻭﻧﺗﺎژ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ ﻭﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻳﺩ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻟﺕ ﭘﻳﻭﺳﺗﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺗﺧﺎﺏ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪ LED .‬ﻧﺷﺎﻧﮕﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺕ ﺍﻧﺗﺧﺎﺏ ﺷﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﻭ ﻳﮏ ﺻﺩﺍی ﺑﻳپ ﺷﻧﻳﺩﻩ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﺷﺩ‪ LED .‬ﻧﺷﺎﻧﮕﺭ ﺳﺭﻋﺕ‪ ،‬ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪ LED .‬ﻧﺷﺎﻧﮕﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺕ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﺷﺩ ﻭ ﭼﺷﻣﮏ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﺯﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﭘﺎﻟﺱ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﺷﺩ ﻭ ﭼﺷﻣﮏ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﺯﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺭﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ‪ ،‬ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ ﺳﺭﻋﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺭﭼﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﻟﻭﻟﻪ ﺗﻐﺫﻳﻪ ﺑﺭﻳﺯﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻧﻭﺍﺭﻫﺎی ﺑﻳﺷﺗﺭی ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﺷﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﺭﻋﺕ ﺑﻳﺷﺗﺭ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﺑﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺭﺍی ﺁﻏﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﺩﻫﻧﺩﻩ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﻳﺎ ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﭘﺎﻟﺱ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻁﯽ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‪ LED ،‬ﻧﺷﺎﻧﮕﺭ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ‬ ‫ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺁﻣﺎﻳﺵ ﺷﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺧﺳﺕ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻧﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺭﺍی ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻥ ﺑﻳﺎﻭﺭﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﮑﻣﻳﻝ ﻓﺭﺍﻳﻧﺩ ﺁﻣﺎﻳﺵ‪ ،‬ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ ﺑﮑﺷﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻧﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﻧﺭﻡ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺯک‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﺣﻭی ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ‪ 1‬ﻧﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭی ﺩﻳﻭﺍﺭﻩ ﺟﻠﻭی ﻟﻭﻟﻪ ﺗﻐﺫﻳﻪ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻳﻥ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻣﺎﻳﺵ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻳﮑﻧﻭﺍﺧﺕ ﺟﻠﻭﮔﻳﺭی ﺷﻭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﻳﻭﺍﺭﻩ ﺟﻠﻭ‬
‫• ﺗﮑﻬﻬﺎی ﺑﺎﻗﻳﻣﺎﻧﺩﻩ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻓﻊ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺩﺍﺭﺍی ﻓﻳﺑﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺣﻭی ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ‪ 2‬ﻧﺷﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺩﻩ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻧﺗﻳﺟﻪ ﺁﻣﺎﻳﺵ ﻳﮑﺩﺳﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ‪1‬‬ ‫ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ‪2‬‬
‫‪46‬‬
‫ﻏﺫﺍﺳﺎﺯ ‪ -‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﻭﺭﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ‪-‬‬
‫ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻫﺳﺎﺯی ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﻭﺭﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ‬
‫ﻁﯽ ﺁﻣﺎﻳﺵ ﺧﻣﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﺧﻣﺭ ﻫﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‬
‫)ﺍﻓﺯﻭﺩﻥ ﻣﺳﺗﻘﻳﻡ ﻣﺧﻣﺭ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻣﺎﻳﺵ ﻣﻣﮑﻥ ﺍﺳﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻭﺟﺏ ﮔﻠﻭﻟﻪ ﺷﺩﻥ ﺧﻣﻳﺭ ﻭ ﻭﺭ ﺁﻣﺩﻥ ﺯﻭﺩ ﻫﻧﮕﺎﻡ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺁﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﺳﺭﻋﺕ‪ :‬ﺑﺎ ﺳﻁﺢ ‪ 1‬ﺷﺭﻭﻉ‬ ‫ﺷﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺭ ﺧﻣﻳﺭ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻣﺎﻳﺵ ﺍﻭﻟﻳﻪ ﻫﻣﭼﻧﺎﻥ ﮔﻠﻭﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺧﺻﻭﺹ‬ ‫‪300 g‬‬
‫ﺷﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻅﺭ ﺑﺭﺳﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﮏ ﻗﺎﺷﻕ ﭼﺎﻳﺧﻭﺭی ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﻭ ﻫﺭ ﺛﺎﻧﻳﻪ ﺳﺭﻋﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺗﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﭘﻳﭼﻳﺩﻩ ﺷﺩﻥ ﺧﻣﻳﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ‪ 1‬ﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻓﺯﺍﻳﺵ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‬
‫ﭘﻳﻭﺳﺗﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻳﻠﻪ ﻣﺣﺭک ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﻟﺭﺯﺷﻬﺎی ﺷﺩﻳﺩ ﺭﻭی ﻣﻳﺩﻫﺩ‪ 1 ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ ﺳﺭﻋﺕ ﺑﺭﺳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬ ‫‪60~200 mL‬‬ ‫ﻣﺩﺕ‪ 120 :‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺷﻕ ﭼﺎﻳﺧﻭﺭی ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺗﮑﻣﻳﻝ ﻓﺭﺍﻳﻧﺩ ﺁﻣﺎﻳﺵ ﺧﻣﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﺟﺩﺩﺍً ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻣﺎﻳﺵ‬
‫ﻧﮑﻧﻳﺩ؛ ﺍﮔﺭ ﺧﻣﻳﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺣﻭ ﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻭﺭﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻧﺷﺩﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺕ ﻭﺭﺯ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﮑﻣﻳﻝ ﻣﺭﺍﺣﻝ ﻣﻭﻧﺗﺎژ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ ﻭﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻳﺩ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻟﺕ ﭘﻳﻭﺳﺗﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺗﺧﺎﺏ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺭﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ‪ ،‬ﺳﺭﻋﺕ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪ LED .‬ﻧﺷﺎﻧﮕﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺕ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺭﭼﻪ ﻧﻭﺍﺭﻫﺎی ﺑﻳﺷﺗﺭی ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﺷﻭﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﺷﺩ ﻭ ﭼﺷﻣﮏ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﺯﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺭﻋﺕ ﺑﻳﺷﺗﺭ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﺑﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺭﺍی ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻁﯽ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‪ LED ،‬ﻧﺷﺎﻧﮕﺭ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﮑﻣﻳﻝ ﻓﺭﺍﻳﻧﺩ ﺁﻣﺎﻳﺵ‪ ،‬ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻧﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺭ ﺗﺷﮑﻳﻝ ﭼﺎﻧﻪ ﺧﻣﻳﺭ ﻧﻅﺎﺭﺕ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺷﮑﻳﻝ ﭼﺎﻧﻪ ﺧﻣﻳﺭ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ ﺑﮑﺷﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ‪ ،‬ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﻭﺭﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﻧﺧﺳﺕ ﭼﺎﻧﻪ ﺧﻣﻳﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻥ ﺑﻳﺎﻭﺭﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺭﺍی ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﻭﺭﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺭﻳﺧﺗﻥ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺑﻳﺷﺗﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺧﻭﺩﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺭﺍ ﻣﻣﮑﻥ ﺍﺳﺕ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻟﺭﺯﺷﯽ‬
‫ﻏﻳﺭ ﻋﺎﺩی ﮔﺭﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺳﺗﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺭﻋﺕ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﻣﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻣﮑﻥ ﺍﺳﺕ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻟﺭﺯﺷﯽ ﻗﺎﺑﻝ ﻣﻼﺣﻅﻪ ﺷﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻥ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺏ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻫﺭ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺳﺕ ﺧﻭﺩ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻳﻥ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪47‬‬
‫ﻏﺫﺍﺳﺎﺯ ‪ -‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻡ ﺯﺩﻥ ‪-‬‬
‫ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻫﺳﺎﺯی ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻡ ﺯﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺳﻔﻳﺩﻩ ﺗﺧﻣﻣﺭﻍ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺯﺭﺩﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺟﺩﺍ‬
‫ﺳﻔﻳﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺳﺭﻋﺕ‪ :‬ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ‬
‫‪ 6~1‬ﺗﮑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺩﺕ‪ 25 :‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﻪ~‪ 5‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﻪ‬ ‫ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺭﻳﻧﮕﯽ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻭ ﻳﮑﺩﺳﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺧﻣﻣﺭﻍ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺷﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻫﻡ ﺯﺩﻥ‬
‫ﭘﻳﻭﺳﺗﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻣﻪ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺍی ‪ %35‬ﭼﺭﺑﯽ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻣﻪ‬ ‫‪100~300 mL‬‬
‫ﻣﺩﺕ‪ 40~20 :‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﺑﻳﺷﺗﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎی ‪ 5‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺗﻳﮕﺭﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﮑﻣﻳﻝ ﻣﺭﺍﺣﻝ ﻣﻭﻧﺗﺎژ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ ﻭﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻳﺩ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻟﺕ ﭘﻳﻭﺳﺗﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺗﺧﺎﺏ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺭﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ‪ ،‬ﺳﺭﻋﺕ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪ LED .‬ﻧﺷﺎﻧﮕﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺕ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺭﭼﻪ ﻧﻭﺍﺭﻫﺎی ﺑﻳﺷﺗﺭی ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﺷﻭﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﺷﺩ ﻭ ﭼﺷﻣﮏ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﺯﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺭﻋﺕ ﺑﻳﺷﺗﺭ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﺑﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺭﺍی ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﮑﻣﻳﻝ ﻓﺭﺍﻳﻧﺩ ﺁﻣﺎﻳﺵ‪ ،‬ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﻁﯽ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‪ LED ،‬ﻧﺷﺎﻧﮕﺭ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ‬
‫ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ ﺑﮑﺷﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺩﻗﺕ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻡ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺭ ﻭﺭ ﺁﻣﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺗﺷﮑﻳﻝ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻡ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺷﺩﻩ ﻧﻅﺎﺭﺕ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺷﮑﻳﻝ ﺗﺭﮐﻳﺏ ﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻫﻣﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺁﻣﺎﻳﺵ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻥ ﺑﻳﺎﻭﺭﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻳﺵ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻡ ﻧﺯﻧﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﭼﻭﻥ ﻣﻣﮑﻥ ﺍﺳﺕ ﻣﻭﺟﺏ ﺗﺟﺯﻳﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﺗﺷﮑﻳﻝ ﮐﺭﻩ ﮔﺭﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻣﻬﻬﺎی ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﻧﺗﺎﻳﺟﯽ ﻣﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺭ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺕ‪ .‬ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻪ ﻣﻳﺷﻭﺩ ﻫﻡ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺩﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﮐﺎﻓﯽ‬
‫ﺯﺩﻩ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪48‬‬
‫ﻏﺫﺍﺳﺎﺯ ‪ -‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺭﻧﺩﻩ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ‪-‬‬
‫ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻫﺳﺎﺯی ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺭﻧﺩﻩ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‬
‫ﻫﻭﻳﺞ‬
‫ﺭﻧﺩﻩ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﺳﻳﺏ‬ ‫‪200 g‬‬

‫ﺳﺭﻋﺕ‪ :‬ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ ﻣﮑﻌﺑﻬﺎی ‪3~2‬‬
‫ﭘﻳﻭﺳﺗﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺩﺕ‪- :‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭی ﺑﺭﺵ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﮑﻣﻳﻝ ﻣﺭﺍﺣﻝ ﻣﻭﻧﺗﺎژ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ ﻭﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻳﺩ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻟﺕ ﭘﻳﻭﺳﺗﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺗﺧﺎﺏ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺭﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ‪ ،‬ﺳﺭﻋﺕ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪ LED .‬ﻧﺷﺎﻧﮕﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺕ‬ ‫ﺭﻭی ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺭﭼﻪ ﻧﻭﺍﺭﻫﺎی ﺑﻳﺷﺗﺭی ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﺷﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﺭﻋﺕ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﺷﺩ ﻭ ﭼﺷﻣﮏ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﺯﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻳﺷﺗﺭ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﺑﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺭﺍی ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﻧﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺭﺍی ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ ﺑﮑﺷﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ‪ ،‬ﻧﺧﺳﺕ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺭﻧﺩﻩ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻥ ﺑﻳﺎﻭﺭﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪49‬‬
‫ﻏﺫﺍﺳﺎﺯ ‪ -‬ﺁﺑﮑﺵ ﺳﺎﻻﺩ ‪-‬‬
‫ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻫﺳﺎﺯی ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺁﺑﮑﺵ ﺳﺎﻻﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺭﮔﻬﺎی ﮐﺎﻫﻭ‬ ‫ﺳﺭﻋﺕ‪ :‬ﺧﻭﺩﮐﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎی ‪5~3‬‬
‫‪100 g‬‬
‫ﻣﺩﺕ‪ :‬ﺧﻭﺩﮐﺎﺭ )‪ 30‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﻪ(‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭی ﺑﺭﺵ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺑﮑﺵ‬
‫ﺳﺭﻋﺕ‪ :‬ﺧﻭﺩﮐﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺧﺭﺩ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ ﺗﮑﻬﻬﺎی ‪1‬‬
‫ﺧﺭﺩ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‬ ‫‪200 g‬‬
‫ﻣﺩﺕ‪ :‬ﺧﻭﺩﮐﺎﺭ )‪ 60~30‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﻪ(‬ ‫~‪ 3‬ﺳﺎﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭی‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻧﻭی ﺧﻭﺩﮐﺎﺭ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﮑﻣﻳﻝ ﻣﺭﺍﺣﻝ ﻣﻭﻧﺗﺎژ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ ﻭﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻳﺩ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻟﺕ ﺁﺑﮑﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺗﺧﺎﺏ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪ LED .‬ﻧﺷﺎﻧﮕﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺕ ﺍﻧﺗﺧﺎﺏ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪ LED .‬ﻧﺷﺎﻧﮕﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺕ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻳﮏ ﺻﺩﺍی ﺑﻳپ ﺷﻧﻳﺩﻩ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﺷﺩ‪ .‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻧﻳﺯ ‪ LED‬ﻧﺷﺎﻧﮕﺭ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﺷﺩ ﻭ ﭼﺷﻣﮏ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﺯﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﺷﺩ ﻭ ﭼﺷﻣﮏ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﺯﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻫﺭ ﻣﻧﻭی ﺧﻭﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍی ﻳﮏ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻳﺵ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﮑﻣﻳﻝ ﻓﺭﺍﻳﻧﺩ ﺁﻣﺎﻳﺵ‪ ،‬ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ‬
‫ﻫﺭ ﻧﻭﺍﺭ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﻧﺷﺎﻧﻪ ‪ 10‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ ﺑﮑﺷﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﺑﮑﺵ ﺳﺎﻻﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺑﺭﺍی ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﻁﯽ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ‪،‬‬ ‫ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻥ ﺑﻳﺎﻭﺭﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻭﺍﺭﻫﺎی ‪ LED‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻭﺍﺻﻝ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ‪ 10‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﻪ ﻳﮑﯽ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺩﻳﮕﺭی ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﺷﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺩﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺳﭘﺭی ﮔﺭﺩﺩ؛ ﺑﻌﺩ ‪4‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭ ﺻﺩﺍی ﺑﻳپ ﺷﻧﻳﺩﻩ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﺷﺩ‪ LED .‬ﻧﺷﺎﻧﮕﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺕ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ‬
‫ﺷﺩ ﻭ ﭼﺷﻣﮏ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﺯﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ ﻅﺭﻓﻳﺕ ﺁﺑﮑﺵ ﺳﺎﻻﺩ‪ 200 :‬ﮔﺭﻡ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺁﺑﮑﺵ ﺳﺎﻻﺩ‪ ،‬ﻫﺭ ﮐﺩﺍﻡ ﺯﻭﺩﺗﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻣﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﺳﺕ‪ :‬ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺑﺯﺭگ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻣﺑﻪ )ﻣﺛﻝ ﺳﻳﺑﺯﻣﻳﻧﯽ ﮐﺎﻣﻝ‪ ،‬ﺗﮑﻬﻬﺎی ﺑﺯﺭگ ﻫﻭﻳﺞ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻏﻳﺭﻩ(‬
‫• ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻣﺎﻳﺵ‪ ،‬ﺍﻁﻣﻳﻧﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ ﻳﮑﻧﻭﺍﺧﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺭﺍﺳﺭ ﺁﺑﮑﺵ ﺳﺎﻻﺩ ﭘﺧﺵ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻧﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺁﺑﮑﺵ ﺳﺎﻻﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺕ ﭘﻳﻭﺳﺗﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﺎﻧﺩﺍﺯی ﻧﮑﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻣﻳﺷﻪ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺟﺎﻡ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻁﻣﻳﻧﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭﺏ ﺁﺑﮑﺵ ﺳﺎﻻﺩ ﺭﻭی ﺁﻥ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ؛ ﺩﺭ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻳﻥ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﻣﮑﻥ ﺍﺳﺕ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻥ ﺑﺭﻳﺯﻧﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﭘﺧﺵ ﺷﻭﻧﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺳﺗﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺭﻋﺕ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﻣﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻣﮑﻥ ﺍﺳﺕ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻟﺭﺯﺷﯽ ﻗﺎﺑﻝ ﻣﻼﺣﻅﻪ ﺷﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻥ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺏ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻫﺭ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺳﺕ ﺧﻭﺩ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻳﻥ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪50‬‬
‫ﻏﺫﺍﺳﺎﺯ ‪ -‬ﭘﺭﺱ ﻣﺭﮐﺑﺎﺕ ‪-‬‬
‫ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻫﺳﺎﺯی ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺑﺭﺍی ﭘﺭﺱ ﻣﺭﮐﺑﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺳﺭﻋﺕ‪ :‬ﺳﻁﺢ ‪7‬‬
‫ﻓﺷﺭﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺭﮐﺑﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪1000 mL‬‬ ‫ﻣﻳﻭﻫﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻳﻡ ﺗﻘﺳﻳﻡ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺩﺕ‪- :‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪ LED .‬ﻧﺷﺎﻧﮕﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺕ‬ ‫ﺭﻭی ﺳﻁﺢ ‪ 7‬ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺭﺍی ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﺷﺩ ﻭ ﭼﺷﻣﮏ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﺯﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻣﻳﻭﻩ ﻧﺻﻑ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻣﺭﺍﻩ ﻟﻐﺯﺍﻧﻪ ﻓﻧﺟﺎﻧﯽ ﺷﮑﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺳﻣﺕ ﻓﻭﻗﺎﻧﯽ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﮑﻣﻳﻝ ﻓﺭﺍﻳﻧﺩ ﺁﻣﺎﻳﺵ‪ ،‬ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺧﺭﻭﻁﯽ ﻣﺭﮐﺑﺎﺕ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺣﮑﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻣﺕ ﭘﺎﻳﻳﻥ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ ﺑﮑﺷﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺧﻠﻳﻪ ﺁﺑﻣﻳﻭﻩ‬
‫ﺁﺑﻣﻳﻭﻩ ﮔﺭﻓﺗﻪ ﺷﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﻁﯽ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‪ LED ،‬ﻧﺷﺎﻧﮕﺭ‬ ‫ﮔﺭﻓﺗﻪ ﺷﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺭﺱ ﻣﺭﮐﺑﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻟﻭﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺑﯽ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﻣﺎﻧﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺭﺍی ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﮐﻠﻳﺩ‬ ‫ﺑﻳﺎﻭﺭﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻣﻳﺷﻪ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻁﻣﻳﻧﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺧﺭﻭﻁﯽ ﻣﺭﮐﺑﺎﺕ ﺭﻭی ﺻﺎﻓﯽ ﻣﺭﮐﺑﺎﺕ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﮔﺭﻓﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﮔﻬﮕﺎﻩ ﺁﻣﺎﻳﺵ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﻭ ﺗﻔﺎﻟﻬﻬﺎی ﺑﺎﻗﻳﻣﺎﻧﺩﻩ ﺭﻭی ﺻﺎﻓﯽ ﻣﺭﮐﺑﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺧﻠﻳﻪ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻓﺭﺍﻳﻧﺩ ﮔﺭﻓﺗﻥ ﺁﺑﻣﻳﻭﻩ ﺗﺳﻬﻳﻝ ﮔﺭﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪51‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺳﺗﻥ ﻟﻭﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺑﯽ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬
‫ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﻅﺭﻑ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ ﺑﺭﻳﺯﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺏ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻅﺭﻑ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺳﻣﺕ ﻓﻭﻗﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺑﻧﺩﻳﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺣﻭی ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﮔﻳﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ ‪ A‬ﻧﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻅﺭﻑ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺕ ﻋﻘﺭﺑﻬﻬﺎی ﺳﺎﻋﺕ ﺑﭼﺭﺧﺎﻧﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻳﮏ‬

‫ﺻﺩﺍی »ﮐﻠﻳﮏ« ﺷﻧﻳﺩﻩ ﺷﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻁﻣﻳﻧﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻼﻣﺕ ﻣﺛﻠﺛﯽ‬
‫ﺷﮑﻝ ﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺭﻭی ﻅﺭﻑ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﺣﻭی ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ ‪B‬‬
‫ﻧﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺕ ﻣﺳﺗﻁﻳﻝ ﺷﮑﻝ ﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺭﻭی ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺗﺭﺍﺯ ﮔﺭﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺭﺍی ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻗﻁﻌﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﮐﺎﻓﯽ ﺍﺳﺕ ﻋﮑﺱ ﻣﺭﺍﺣﻠﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺟﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺑﺳﺗﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻧﺟﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻫﺳﺎﺯی ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺑﺭﺍی ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻳﻭﻩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺳﺭﻋﺕ‪ :‬ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ ﻣﮑﻌﺑﻬﺎی ‪1‬‬
‫ﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬ ‫ﺳﺑﺯﻳﺟﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪1,000 mL‬‬
‫ﻣﺩﺕ‪ 2~ :‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭی ﺑﺭﺵ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ ﻅﺭﻓﻳﺕ ‪ 1‬ﻟﻳﺗﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺭﺍی ﻅﺭﻑ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ ﻣﻣﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﺳﺕ‪ :‬ﮔﻭﺷﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻫﯽ‪ ،‬ﻏﺫﺍﻫﺎی ﺟﺎﻣﺩ‪ ،‬ﻏﺫﺍﻫﺎی ﭼﺳﺑﻧﺎک‪ ،‬ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺩﺍﺭﺍی ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﮐﻡ ﻳﺎ ﻣﮑﻌﺑﻬﺎی ﻳﺦ ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﺁﺏ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻥ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ ﺑﺭﺍی ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺳﻔﺕ ﻭ ﭼﺳﺑﻧﺎک ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻪ ﻧﻣﻳﺷﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺭ ﺍﻳﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺿﺭﻭﺭی ﺑﺎﺷﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺗﻣﺎ ً‬
‫ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺳﻔﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻁﻌﺎﺕ ﮐﻭﭼﮏ ﺗﻘﺳﻳﻡ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ )ﻣﺛﻼً ﻫﻭﻳﺞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻁﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﮑﻌﺑﯽ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺟﻡ ‪ 1‬ﺳﺎﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭ ﻣﮑﻌﺏ ﺗﻘﺳﻳﻡ ﻧﻣﺎﻳﻳﺩ( ﻭ ﻅﺭﻑ‬
‫ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ ﺗﺎ ﻧﺻﻑ ﻅﺭﻓﻳﺕ ﻣﺟﺎﺯ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺭ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻅﺭﻑ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻳﺷﺗﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ ﻅﺭﻓﻳﺕ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺷﺩﻩ ﭘﺭ ﻧﮑﻧﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻭﻗﺗﯽ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﻳﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺻﺩﺍﻫﺎی ﻧﺎﻫﻧﺟﺎﺭ ﻣﻳﺩﻫﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻟﺭﺯﺵ‬
‫ﺷﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻳﺷﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺟﻡ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺭﺍ ﮐﺎﻫﺵ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﻧﺭﻡ )ﻣﺛﻝ ﺳﺑﺯﻳﺟﺎﺕ( ﺭﺍ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺯﻭﺩﻥ ﺳﺎﻳﺭ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪22‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪ LED .‬ﻧﺷﺎﻧﮕﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺕ‬ ‫ﺭﻭی ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺭﭼﻪ ﻧﻭﺍﺭﻫﺎی ﺑﻳﺷﺗﺭی ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﺷﻭﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﺷﺩ ﻭ ﭼﺷﻣﮏ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﺯﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺭﻋﺕ ﺑﻳﺷﺗﺭ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﺑﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺭﺍی ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﻧﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺭﺍی ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ ﺑﮑﺷﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ ﺟﺩﺍ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻥ ﺑﻳﺎﻭﺭﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺩﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ ﮔﻳﺭ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺑﺭﺵ‪ ،‬ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ ﺑﮑﺷﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺭﺍی ﺟﺩﺍ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻅﺭﻑ ﭼﺳﺑﻳﺩﻫﺎﻧﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﮕﺷﺗﺎﻥ ﺧﻭﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﮑﻧﻳﺩ؛ ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺍﻳﻥ ﻣﻧﻅﻭﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻳﺋﯽ ﻣﺛﻝ ﻗﺎﺷﻕ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻣﺎﻳﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻁﯽ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻥ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻭﺭﺍﺥ ﺩﺭﺏ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻥ ﺑﭘﺎﺷﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻥ ﭘﺎﺷﻳﺩﻥ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ‪،‬‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺧﺷﮏ ﭘﺎک ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻳﺷﺗﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺩﺕ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﻧﮕﺫﺍﺭﻳﺩ )‪ 2‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪ 2 ،‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﻪ ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ(‪.‬‬
‫‪53‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻟﺕ ﺑﺳﺗﻬﺑﻧﺩی ﺷﺩﻩ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ ﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ ﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﺑﺭﺍی‬

‫ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺧﺷﮏ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻅﺭﻑ ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻼﻑ ﻋﻘﺭﺑﻬﻬﺎی ﺳﺎﻋﺕ ﺑﭼﺭﺧﺎﻧﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﻭﺩ؛‬ ‫ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ ﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﺑﺭﺍی ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍی ﺧﺷﮏ ﺭﻭی ﻅﺭﻑ ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﻣﺷﺧﺹ‬
‫ﺳﭘﺱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻠﻧﺩ ﮐﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻅﺭﻑ ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﺟﺩﺍ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺕ‪ .‬ﻅﺭﻑ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻳﺷﺗﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻥ ﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﭘﺭ ﻧﮑﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺳﺗﻥ ﻟﻭﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺑﯽ ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻅﺭﻑ ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺭ ﻭ ﺗﻪ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺭﻳﺯﻳﺩ؛ ﺩﻗﺕ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﺧﺷﮏ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ‬
‫ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ ﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺑﻳﺷﺗﺭ ﻧﺷﻭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﺷﮏ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺕ ﻋﻘﺭﺑﻬﻬﺎی ﺳﺎﻋﺕ ﺑﭼﺭﺧﺎﻧﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺻﺩﺍی‬
‫»ﮐﻠﻳﮏ« ﺷﻧﻳﺩﻩ ﺷﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻅﺭﻑ ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﻅﺭﻑ ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺕ ﻋﻘﺭﺑﻬﻬﺎی ﺳﺎﻋﺕ ﺑﭼﺭﺧﺎﻧﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺻﺩﺍی »ﮐﻠﻳﮏ« ﺷﻧﻳﺩﻩ ﺷﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺭﺍی ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﻗﻁﻌﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﮐﺎﻓﯽ ﺍﺳﺕ ﻋﮑﺱ ﻣﺭﺍﺣﻠﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺟﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺑﺳﺗﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻧﺟﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻫﺳﺎﺯی ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﺧﺷﮏ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ‬ ‫ﺳﺭﻋﺕ‪ :‬ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﭘﻳﻭﺳﺗﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺩﺕ‪ 60~ :‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻔﻝ‬
‫• ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﻣﻣﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﺳﺕ‪ :‬ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺧﻳﺱ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺳﻔﺕ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺯﺭﺩﭼﻭﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﺧﺷﮏ ﺧﺎﻟﯽ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﻧﮑﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻅﺭﻑ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻳﺷﺗﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺷﺩﻩ ﭘﺭ ﻧﮑﻧﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻭﻗﺗﯽ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﻳﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺻﺩﺍﻫﺎی ﻧﺎﻫﻧﺟﺎﺭ ﻣﻳﺩﻫﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻟﺭﺯﺵ ﺷﺩﻳﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻳﺷﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺟﻡ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺭﺍ ﮐﺎﻫﺵ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪54‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪ LED .‬ﻧﺷﺎﻧﮕﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺕ‬ ‫ﺭﻭی ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺭﭼﻪ ﻧﻭﺍﺭﻫﺎی ﺑﻳﺷﺗﺭی ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﺷﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﺭﻋﺕ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﺷﺩ ﻭ ﭼﺷﻣﮏ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﺯﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻳﺷﺗﺭ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﺑﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺭﺍی ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﻧﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺭﺍی ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ ﺑﮑﺷﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﺧﺷﮏ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ ﺟﺩﺍ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻥ ﺑﻳﺎﻭﺭﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻧﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ‪ ،‬ﻣﻭﺍﻅﺏ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺑﺭﺵ ﺑﺎﺷﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻳﺷﺗﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺩﺕ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﻧﮕﺫﺍﺭﻳﺩ )‪ 1‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪ 2 ،‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﻪ ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ(‪.‬‬
‫‪55‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺗﻣﻳﺯﮐﺎﺭی‬
‫ﭘﻳﺷﺷﺳﺗﺷﻭ‬
‫ﻓﺭﺍﻳﻧﺩ ﭘﻳﺷﺷﺳﺗﺷﻭ ﺗﻣﻳﺯﮐﺎﺭی ﺭﺍ ﺗﺳﻬﻳﻝ ﻣﻳﮑﻧﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻳﺗﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺭﺍی ﻣﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺭ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﺭﺩ‪ :‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﭼﺎﻗﻭ‪ ،‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﻭﺭﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻡ ﺯﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ‪ .‬ﺑﺭﺍی ﭘﻳﺷﺷﺳﺗﺷﻭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻗﺩﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺟﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻟﻭﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺑﯽ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﻅﺭﻑ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﻧﺻﻑ‬ ‫ﺑﺭﺍی ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ‪ ،‬ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺏ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺭﺗﻳﺏ ﺑﺎ ﻅﺭﻑ‬
‫ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺏ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ ﺗﻌﻭﻳﺽ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ‪ 500‬ﻣﻳﻠﻳﻠﻳﺗﺭ ﺁﺏ ﭘﺭ ﻅﺭﻓﻳﺕ ﻣﺷﺧﺹ ﺷﺩﻩ )ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﺎ ً ‪ 750‬ﻣﻳﻠﻳﻠﻳﺗﺭ( ﺁﺯ ﺁﺏ ﭘﺭ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺏ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺳﻣﺕ ﻓﻭﻗﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺕ‬ ‫ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ ﻭﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻘﺭﺑﻬﻬﺎی ﺳﺎﻋﺕ ﺑﭼﺭﺧﺎﻧﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺻﺩﺍی »ﮐﻠﻳﮏ« ﺷﻧﻳﺩﻩ ﺷﻭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺕ ﭘﻳﻭﺳﺗﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺗﺧﺎﺏ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺭﻋﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺭﺍی ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‬
‫ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺩﺕ‬ ‫‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ‬
‫‪ 10‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﻧﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﮑﺷﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﻟﻭﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺑﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻥ ﺑﻳﺎﻭﺭﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻣﻳﺯﮐﺎﺭی ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺭﺍی ﺗﮑﻣﻳﻝ ﻓﺭﺍﻳﻧﺩ ﺗﻣﻳﺯﮐﺎﺭی ﺍﻳﻥ ﻗﻁﻌﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺯﻳﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺷﻳﺭ ﺁﺑﮑﺷﯽ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ ﻟﺯﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻅﺭﻓﺷﻭﻳﯽ ﺧﻧﺛﯽ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺩ‬
‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﮐﻬﻧﻪ ﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﭘﺎک ﻭ ﺧﺷﮏ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪PUSH‬‬
‫ﺑﺭﺍی ﺗﮑﻣﻳﻝ ﻓﺭﺍﻳﻧﺩ ﺗﻣﻳﺯﮐﺎﺭی ﺍﻳﻥ ﻗﻁﻌﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺯﻳﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺷﻳﺭ ﺁﺑﮑﺷﯽ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺭﺱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺕ ﺗﻣﻳﺯ‬
‫ﻧﻣﺎﻳﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻭﺭﺕ ﻟﺯﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻅﺭﻓﺷﻭﻳﯽ ﺧﻧﺛﯽ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻳﻥ ﻗﻁﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺳﻳﺎﺭ ﺗﻳﺯ ﻫﺳﺗﻧﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻧﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻣﻳﺯﮐﺎﺭی ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺩ ﮐﺎﻣﻼً ﻣﻭﺍﻅﺏ ﺑﺎﺷﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﻗﺕ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﺍﻳﻥ ﻗﻁﻌﺎﺕ ﻁﯽ ﻓﺭﺍﻳﻧﺩ ﺗﻣﻳﺯ‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭی ﺑﻪ ﺍﺷﻳﺎء ﻳﺎ ﺳﻁﻭﺡ ﺳﺧﺕ ﺑﺭﺧﻭﺭﺩ ﻧﮑﻧﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻅﺭﻑ ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﻧﺑﺎﻳﺩ ﺷﺳﺗﻪ ﺷﻭﺩ؛ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺗﻣﻳﺯﮐﺎﺭی ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﺭﺱ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪56‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻫﺭ ﮔﻭﻧﻪ ﮔﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻏﺑﺎﺭ ﻳﺎ ﻟﮑﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﮐﻬﻧﻪ ﻣﺭﻁﻭﺏ ﭘﺎک ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻣﻳﺯﮐﺎﺭی ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻁﻣﻳﻧﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ ﮐﺷﻳﺩﻩ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺯ ﺷﺳﺗﻥ ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ ﺯﻳﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺧﻭﺩﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﺭﮔﺯ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺧﻭﺭﻧﺩﻩ )ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﮑﻝ‪ ،‬ﺗﻳﻧﺭ ﻭ ﻏﻳﺭﻩ( ﺑﺭﺍی ﺗﻣﻳﺯﮐﺎﺭی ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﮑﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻣﻳﺯﮐﺎﺭی ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺷﻳﻥ ﻅﺭﻓﺷﻭﻳﯽ‬

‫ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺏ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺍﻳﻥ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻳﺗﻭﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺷﻳﻥ ﻅﺭﻓﺷﻭﻳﯽ ﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﮐﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻳﻥ ﻗﻁﻌﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺯﺩﻳﮏ ﻗﺳﻣﺕ ﮔﺭﻡ ﮐﻧﻧﺩﻩ ﻣﺎﺷﻳﻥ ﻅﺭﻓﺷﻭﻳﯽ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﻧﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﺯﻳﺭﺍ ﻣﻣﮑﻥ ﺍﺳﺕ ﺑﺭ ﺍﺛﺭ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺕ ﺷﺩﻳﺩ ﺁﺳﻳﺏ ﺑﺑﻳﻧﻧﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺑﺎﺭ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺑﺎﺭ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻁﻣﻳﻧﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﮐﻠﻳﻪ ﻟﻭﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺑﯽ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ ﺟﺩﺍ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻧﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﻫﺭﻡ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﺳﺎﺯی‬
‫ﺑﺭﺍی ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺳﺎﮐﺷﻥ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻻﺳﺗﻳﮑﯽ ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻫﺭﻡ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﺳﺎﺯی‬ ‫ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻣﺕ ﺧﻡ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺳﻳﻡ ﺑﺭﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻗﺳﻣﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺑﻳﻪ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺳﻣﺕ ﺗﺣﺗﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ ﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﺣﻭی ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﺧﺻﻭﺹ ﭘﻳﭼﻳﺩﻥ ﺳﻳﻡ ﺑﭘﻳﭼﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻁﺭﻓﻳﻥ ﺭﻫﺎ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻭﻕ ﻧﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺩﻩ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﻣﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺑﺭﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﭼﺎﻗﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪ .‬ﻳﮏ ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺩﺍﺭی ﺑﺭﺍی ﺍﻧﺑﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻓﻬﺭﺳﺕ ﻟﻭﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺑﯽ ﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺩﺍﺭی‪ :‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﻭﺭﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺳﺎﻳﺭ ﻟﻭﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺑﯽ ﺗﻌﺑﻳﻪ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺕ‪ .‬ﻟﻭﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺑﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻣﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺧﺭﻭﻁﯽ ﻣﺭﮐﺑﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺧﻼﻝ ﮐﻠﻔﺕ‪ ،‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻧﺎﺯک‪ ،‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺧﺭﺩﮐﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺗﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺳﺗﻬﺑﻧﺩی ﺷﺩﻩ ﺑﻭﺩﻧﺩ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻳﺯ‪ ،‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺧﺭﺩﮐﻥ ﺩﺭﺷﺕ‪ ،‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﭼﻳﭘﺱ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺭﻧﺩﻩ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﻫﻡ ﺯﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺭﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪57‬‬
‫ﻋﻳﺑﻳﺎﺑﯽ‬
‫ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺭﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺭﮐﺯ ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺕ ﺗﻌﻣﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻟﻁﻔﺎ ً ﻣﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺭﺭﺳﯽ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺷﮑﻝ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺭﻓﻊ ﺁﻥ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﺕ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ ﺟﺎ ﻧﻳﻔﺗﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﻧﻣﻳﺷﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪w‬‬ ‫‪ Å‬ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺣﮑﻡ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺭﻳﺯ ﺟﺎ ﺑﻳﻧﺩﺍﺯﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﻧﮕﺭﻓﺗﻪ ﺍﺳﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Å‬ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﺍﺷﺗﻥ ﺩﺳﺗﮑﺵ ﻣﻣﮑﻥ ﺍﺳﺕ ﺣﺳﺎﺳﻳﺕ ﺻﻔﺣﻪ ﮐﻧﺗﺭﻝ ﺭﺍ ﮐﺎﻫﺵ ﺩﻫﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ Å‬ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺭﺩﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺕ ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﺩﺳﺗﮑﺵ ﺍﻧﺗﺧﺎﺏ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻣﻳﺗﻭﺍﻥ ﻫﻳﭻ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺭﺩﻫﺎی ﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺣﻪ ﮐﻧﺗﺭﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺗﺧﺎﺏ ﮐﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪w‬‬ ‫‪ Å‬ﺗﺻﻭﻳﺭ ﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺣﻪ ﮐﻧﺗﺭﻝ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺣﮑﻡ ﻓﺷﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺑﻝ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻳﮑﻧﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Å‬ﻭﻗﺗﯽ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻳﮑﻧﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﻣﻳﺗﻭﺍﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺭﺩﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺗﺧﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺭﺩ ﺟﺩﻳﺩ‪ ،‬ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺭﺩ ﻗﺑﻠﯽ ﺭﺍ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﮐﺎﻣﻼً ﺑﺎ ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ ﺟﻔﺕ ﻭ ﻗﻔﻝ ﻧﺷﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Å‬ﺍﻁﻣﻳﻧﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻼﻣﺕ ﻣﺛﻠﺛﯽ ﺷﮑﻝ ﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺭﻭی ﻟﻭﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺑﯽ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﺣﻭی ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺣﻪ ‪ 41‬ﻧﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺕ ﻣﺳﺗﻁﻳﻝ ﺷﮑﻝ ﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺭﻭی ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ ﺗﺭﺍﺯ ﮔﺭﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺗﯽ ﻭﻗﺗﯽ ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺭﺩ ﺭﺍﻫﺎﻧﺩﺍﺯی ﻣﻳﮕﺭﺩﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ ﻧﻣﻳﺷﻭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪w‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺩﺭﺏ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺻﺎﻓﯽ ﻣﺭﮐﺑﺎﺕ ﮐﺎﻣﻼً ﺑﺎ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺟﻔﺕ ﻭ ﻗﻔﻝ ﻧﺷﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Å‬ﺩﺭﺏ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﺎﻣﻼً ﺭﻭی ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺟﺎ ﺑﻳﻧﺩﺍﺯﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻡ ﭼﺳﺑﻳﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺳﺩﻭﺩ ﮐﺭﺩﻫﺎﻧﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Å‬ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻗﺕ ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻥ ﺑﻳﺎﻭﺭﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻁﻣﻳﻧﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻁﺎﺑﻕ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺭﺩ ﺍﻧﺗﺧﺎﺏ ﺷﺩﻩ ﻟﻐﻭ ﻣﻳﺷﻭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺗﺧﺎﺏ ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺩﺕ ‪ 10‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﻪ ﻫﻳﭻ ﺍﻗﺩﺍﻣﯽ ﺭﻭی ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﻧﺟﺎﻡ‬
‫)‪ LED‬ﻧﺷﺎﻧﮕﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺕ ﺷﺭﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﭼﺷﻣﮏ‬
‫ﺯﺩﻥ ﻣﻳﮑﻧﺩ(‪.‬‬
‫‪w‬‬ ‫ﻧﮕﺭﻓﺗﻪ ﺍﺳﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Å‬ﺍﻁﻣﻳﻧﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻅﺭﻑ ‪ 10‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﻪ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺗﺧﺎﺏ ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻗﺩﺍﻡ ﻻﺯﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺟﺎﻡ ﺑﮕﻳﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﺣﺎﻓﻅ ﻣﺩﺍﺭﺷﮑﻥ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻳﺷﻭﺩ‪) .‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺣﻪ ‪ 38‬ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ(‬

‫• ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻅﺭﻑ ﺭﻳﺧﺗﻪ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺑﻳﺵ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺩ ﻣﺟﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Å‬ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻳﺭﻭﻥ ﺑﻳﺎﻭﺭﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻁﻣﻳﻧﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻁﺎﺑﻕ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺯ ﻗﻁﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺯﺭگ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻔﺕ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Å‬ﺍﻁﻣﻳﻧﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺩﺍﺯﻫﻬﺎی ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺑﺭﺵ ﺧﻭﺭﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﻧﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺳﻔﺕ ﻣﺛﻝ ﻏﺫﺍﻫﺎی ﻣﻧﺟﻣﺩ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺟﺎﻣﺩ ﺑﺳﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻳﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻥ ﻣﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﻣﻳﮕﺭﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪w‬‬ ‫ﻣﺗﺭﺍﮐﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﮑﻧﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﻔﻝ ﺍﻳﻣﻧﯽ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺕ‪) .‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺣﻪ ‪ 38‬ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ(‬

‫• ﻟﺭﺯﺵ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻋﺎﺩی ﺩﺭ ﺣﻳﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻣﮑﻥ ﺍﺳﺕ ﻣﻭﺟﺏ ﺩﺭﮔﻳﺭ ﺷﺩﻥ ﻗﻔﻝ ﺍﻳﻣﻧﯽ‬
‫ﮔﺭﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Å‬ﺍﻁﻣﻳﻧﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻁﺎﺑﻕ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺷﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Å‬ﺩﺭﺏ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺻﺎﻓﯽ ﻣﺭﮐﺑﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺣﮑﻡ ﺭﻭی ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﺟﺎ ﺑﻳﻧﺩﺍﺯﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻁﻣﻳﻧﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﺧﺷﮏ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﺗﯽ‬
‫ﺭﻭی ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ ﺟﺎ ﺍﻓﺗﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪58‬‬
‫ﻋﻳﺑﻳﺎﺑﯽ‬
‫ﻣﺷﮑﻝ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺭﻓﻊ ﺁﻥ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﻭی ﻳﮏ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﻭ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﻧﮕﺭﻓﺗﻪ ﺍﺳﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪ Å‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻻﺳﺗﻳﮑﯽ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﺎﺭﺁﻳﯽ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭی ﻳﮏ ﺳﻁﺢ ﺗﻣﻳﺯ‪ ،‬ﺻﺎﻑ ﻭ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻳﻥ ﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ ﺻﺩﺍی ﻏﻳﺭ ﻋﺎﺩی‬
‫ﻣﻳﺩﻫﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻟﺭﺯﺵ ﺷﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻳﺷﻭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪w‬‬ ‫ﻳﮑﻧﻭﺍﺧﺕ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﮔﺭﻓﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﻣﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻳﺵ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻔﺕ ﻫﺳﺗﻧﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ Å‬ﺍﻁﻣﻳﻧﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﻣﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻁﺎﺑﻕ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭﻫﺎی ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺷﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻧﺩ؛ ﺍﮔﺭ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻳﺵ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺩ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺕ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﮐﺎﻫﺵ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻧﻭی ﺧﻭﺩﮐﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﺩﺕ ﺁﻣﺎﻳﺵ ﭘﻳﺷﻔﺭﺽ ﻣﻧﻭی ﺧﻭﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺭﺍی ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ‬
‫ﺷﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺕ‪ .‬ﻫﺭ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺩﻳﮕﺭی ﮐﻪ ﺁﻣﺎﻳﺵ ﺷﻭﺩ ﺑﺭ ﻋﻣﻠﮑﺭﺩ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﮔﺫﺍﺷﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺭﮐﻳﺏ ﻭ ﻳﮑﻧﻭﺍﺧﺗﯽ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺁﻣﺎﻳﺵ ﺷﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﺣﻭ ﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻧﻳﺳﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫‪w‬‬ ‫‪ Å‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺭﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﺩﺕ ﺁﻣﺎﻳﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻓﺯﺍﻳﺵ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺎﻳﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺗﺭﮐﻳﺏ ﻭ ﻳﮑﻧﻭﺍﺧﺗﯽ ﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﮔﺭﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻧﻭی ﺩﺳﺗﯽ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﻭ ﻣﺩﺕ ﺁﻣﺎﻳﺵ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺻﺭﻓﺎ ً ﺟﻧﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻧﻣﺎﻳﯽ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؛ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﮐﻣﺗﺭ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻫﻳﺕ ﻣﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺭ ﻋﻣﻠﮑﺭﺩ ﺩﺳﺗﮕﺎﻩ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﺧﻭﺍﻫﺩ ﮔﺫﺍﺷﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Å‬ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻏﺫﺍﻳﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺭﺍی ﻣﺩﺗﯽ ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺏ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﺁﻣﺎﻳﺵ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺭﮐﻳﺏ ﻭ‬
‫ﻳﮑﻧﻭﺍﺧﺗﯽ ﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﺣﺎﺻﻝ ﮔﺭﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪59‬‬
‫ﻧﺷﺎﻧﮕﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺕ ﺧﻁﺎ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻣﺣﺎﻓﻅ ﻣﺩﺍﺭﺷﮑﻥ‪ ،‬ﺷﻧﺎﺳﺎﻳﯽ ﺟﺭﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻭ ﺷﻧﺎﺳﺎﻳﯽ ﻭﻟﺗﺎژ ﺑﺎﻻ‬
‫ﻣﺣﺎﻓﻅ ﻣﺩﺍﺭﺷﮑﻥ‬ ‫ﺷﻧﺎﺳﺎﻳﯽ ﺟﺭﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻻ‬ ‫ﺷﻧﺎﺳﺎﻳﯽ ﻭﻟﺗﺎژ ﺑﺎﻻ‬
‫ﺍﻗﺩﺍﻡ‪:‬‬
‫ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺗﻌﺑﻳﻪ ﺷﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻧﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ ﻭ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺭ ﺑﮕﻳﺭﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻭﺟﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﮔﺭ ﻭﻟﺗﺎژ ﺑﻳﺵ ﺍﺯ ‪ 280‬ﻭﻟﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺷﺎﻧﮕﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺕ ﺧﻁﺎ ﻧﻣﺎﻳﺵ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻳﺷﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﮐﺎﻣﻼً ﺑﺎ ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ ﺟﻔﺕ ﻭ ﻗﻔﻝ ‪ .2‬ﮔﺭﻡ ﺷﺩﻥ ﺑﻳﺵ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺩ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻧﺷﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﺩﺍﻡ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺩﺍﻡ‪:‬‬
‫ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﻫﻳﺩ ﺗﺎ‬ ‫ﻗﻁﻌﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺟﺩﺩﺍً ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻳﺕ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺭﻭی ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻣﻭﺗﻭﺭ ﺑﺑﻧﺩﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻧﮏ ﺷﻭﺩ )ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﺎ ً ‪ 30‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﻪ(‬ ‫)ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺣﻪ ‪ 41‬ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻧﻳﺩ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺍﺧﺗﻼﻝ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻗﻁﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﮑﺗﺭﻭﻧﻳﮑﯽ‬
‫ﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻗﺩﺍﻡ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺭﺍی ﺍﻧﺟﺎﻡ ﺗﻌﻣﻳﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻟﻁﻔﺎ ً ﺑﺎ ﻧﺯﺩﻳﮑﺗﺭﻳﻥ ﻧﻣﺎﻳﻧﺩﮔﯽ ﺧﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺟﺎﺯ ﺗﻣﺎﺱ ﺑﮕﻳﺭﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪60‬‬
‫ﻣﺷﺧﺻﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺷﻣﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﺣﺻﻭﻝ‬ ‫‪MK-F800‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﻏﺫﺍﺳﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ‪ ،‬ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﺧﺷﮏ‬
‫ﻭﻟﺗﺎژ ﻣﺟﺎﺯ‬ ‫‪220 V - 240 V‬‬
‫ﻓﺭﮐﺎﻧﺱ ﻣﺟﺎﺯ‬ ‫‪50 Hz - 60 Hz‬‬
‫ﻣﺻﺭﻑ ﺑﺭﻕ ﻣﺟﺎﺯ‬ ‫‪180 W - 200 W‬‬
‫ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ‪ 2 :‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪ 2 ،‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﻪ ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺟﺎﺯ‬ ‫‪ 2‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪ 4 ،‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﻪ ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﺧﺷﮏ‪ 1 :‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻥ‪ 2 ،‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﻪ ﺧﺎﻣﻭﺵ‬
‫ﮐﻠﻳﺩ‬ ‫ﮔﺭﺩﻭﻧﻪ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﺍی ﮐﻠﻳﺩ ﺻﻔﺣﻪ ﻟﻣﺳﯽ ﻧﺭﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ )‪ x (437‬ﻋﺭﺽ )‪(263‬‬ ‫ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ )‪ x (395‬ﻋﺭﺽ )‪(208‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﺩﺍﺯﻩ ﻣﺣﺻﻭﻝ‬ ‫‪ x‬ﻋﻣﻕ )‪ (259‬ﻣﻳﻠﻳﻣﺗﺭ‬
‫‪ x‬ﻋﻣﻕ )‪ (259‬ﻣﻳﻠﻳﻣﺗﺭ‬
‫)ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‪x‬ﻋﺭﺽ‪x‬ﻋﻣﻕ(‬ ‫ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﺧﺷﮏ‪ :‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ )‪ x (299‬ﻋﺭﺽ )‪(202‬‬
‫‪ x‬ﻋﻣﻕ )‪ (259‬ﻣﻳﻠﻳﻣﺗﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﺣﺻﻭﻝ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﺎ ً ‪ 4.3‬ﮐﻳﻠﻭﮔﺭﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ‪ :‬ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﺎ ً ‪ 4.0‬ﮐﻳﻠﻭﮔﺭﻡ‬

‫ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﺧﺷﮏ‪ :‬ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑﺎ ً ‪ 3.8‬ﮐﻳﻠﻭﮔﺭﻡ‬
‫ﻅﺭﻓﻳﺕ ﻅﺭﻑ‪ 2.5 :‬ﻟﻳﺗﺭ‬
‫ﺣﺩﺍﮐﺛﺭ ﻅﺭﻓﻳﺕ ﮐﺎﺭی‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ‪ 1 :‬ﻟﻳﺗﺭ‬
‫ﻅﺭﻓﻳﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﺟﺎﻣﺩ = ‪ 400‬ﮔﺭﻡ‬ ‫ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﺧﺷﮏ‪ 50 :‬ﮔﺭﻡ )ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻗﻬﻭﻩ(‬
‫ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ = ‪ 1.5‬ﻟﻳﺗﺭ‬
‫ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﭼﺎﻗﻭ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﻳﻐﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻳﻐﻬﻬﺎی ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫)ﮐﻠﻔﺕ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺯک(‪ ،‬ﺗﻳﻐﻬﻬﺎی ﺧﺭﺩﮐﻥ )ﺩﺭﺷﺕ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺯ(‪،‬‬
‫ﺿﻣﺎﺋﻡ ﻭ ﻟﻭﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺑﯽ‬ ‫ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﭼﻳﭘﺱ‪ ،‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﻭﺭﺯ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﻣﺧﻠﻭﻁ ﮐﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﺁﺳﻳﺎﺏ ﺧﺷﮏ‬
‫ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻡ ﺯﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﺗﻳﻐﻪ ﺭﻧﺩﻩ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﭘﺭﺱ ﻣﺭﮐﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺕ‪ ،‬ﺁﺑﮑﺵ ﺳﺎﻻﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺣﻔﻅﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺩﺍﺭی‬
‫ﻟﻭﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺑﯽ ﻣﺷﺗﺭک‬ ‫ﺑﺭﺱ ﺩﺍﺭﺍی ﻗﺎﺷﻘﮏ‬
‫ﺍﻗﻼﻡ ﻗﺎﺑﻝ ﺷﺳﺗﺷﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﺷﻳﻥ ﻅﺭﻓﺷﻭﻳﯽ‬ ‫ﮐﺎﺳﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺏ ﮐﺎﺳﻪ‬
‫‪61‬‬
‫ﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻼﻣﺔ ‪65 - 63 ....................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ‪67 - 66 ........................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﻗﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ‪68 ............................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻗﻔﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ‪68 ...................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ‬
‫)‪ (i‬ﺍﻟﻔﻙ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ ‪69 ....................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫)‪ (ii‬ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﻳﻥ • ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺟﻥ • ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻔﻕ • ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﺷﺭ ‪69 .......................................................................................‬‬
‫)‪ (iii‬ﺣﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﺻﻝ ‪70 ........................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫)‪ (iv‬ﻋﺻﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺿﻳﺎﺕ ‪70 ................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫)‪ (v‬ﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻁﺔ ‪71 ......................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ‬
‫)‪ (i‬ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﻳﻥ ‪74 - 72 ................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻛﻳﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫)‪ (ii‬ﺣﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﺻﻝ ‪76 - 75 .................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫)‪ (iii‬ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺟﻥ ‪77 .........................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫)‪ (iv‬ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻔﻕ ‪78.........................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫)‪ (v‬ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﺷﺭ ‪79 ..........................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫)‪ (vi‬ﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻁﺔ ‪80 ......................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫)‪ (vii‬ﻋﺻﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺿﻳﺎﺕ ‪81 ................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ‬
‫)‪ (i‬ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ ‪83 - 82 .......................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻔﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺣﻧﺔ‬
‫‪85 - 84 ................................................................................................................................‬‬ ‫)‪ (ii‬ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺣﻧﺔ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻔﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ‪87 - 86 .........................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﻋﻁﺎﻝ ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ ‪89 - 88 .........................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ‪91 ...................................................................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪62‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻼﻣﺔ )ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺇﺗﺑﺎﻉ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ(‬
‫ﻟﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺍﻟﺣﻭﺍﺩﺙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻓﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻵﺧﺭﻳﻥ ﻭﺇﺗﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﺗﻠﻛﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﺭﺟﻰ ﺇﺗﺑﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﺷﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺗﺟﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﻃﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻳﺷﻳﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﻟﻐﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻭﻓﺎﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﻂ‬ ‫ﻳﺷﻳﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﻁﺭ ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﺗﻠﻛﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻡ ﺗﺻﻧﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﻭﺯ ﻭﺷﺭﺣﻬﺎ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺷﻳﺭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﺯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺣﻅﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺷﻳﺭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺭﻣﺯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﻧﺑﻐﻲ ﺇﺗﺑﺎﻋﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﻃﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫)ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺻﺩﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻧﺷﻭﺏ ﺣﺭﻳﻕ ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺻﺭ‪(.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺧﺭﺝ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺣﻛﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ Å‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻙ‪ ،‬ﻳﻧﺑﻐﻲ ﺍﺳﺗﺑﺩﺍﻟﻪ ﻣﻥ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﻧﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺭﻛﺯ ﺍﻟﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺷﺧﺹ ﻣﺅﻫﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺣﻭ ﻣﻣﺎﺛﻝ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺗﺳﻧﻰ ﺗﺟﻧﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺃﻭ ﻓﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻳﺩﻳﻙ ﻣﺑﻠﻠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫)ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺻﺩﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ(‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺗﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻲ ﻟﻠﺧﺭﺝ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﺑﺧﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫)ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺻﺩﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺷﻭﺏ ﺣﺭﻳﻕ(‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺻﺹ ﻟﻠﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻣﺎﺛﻝ ﻟﻠﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﻣﺣﻠﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺭﺝ ﻗﺩ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻐﻣﺭ ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﺃﻭ ﺗﻧﺛﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﻔﻙ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺻﻼﺡ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫)ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺷﻭﺏ ﺣﺭﻳﻕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺻﺩﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ(‬
‫‪ Å‬ﻳﺭﺟﻰ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻣﺭﻛﺯ ﺍﻟﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺗﺑﻌﻪ ﻹﺻﻼﺣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺃﺷﻳﺎء ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺗﺣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺟﻭﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫)ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺻﺩﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﻁﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ(‬
‫• ﻻﺳﻳﻣﺎ ﺍﻷﺷﻳﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺩﻧﻳﺔ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﻣﻳﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺑﺩﺍﻝ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺃﺟﺯﺍء ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻘﻁﻊ ﻏﻳﺎﺭ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺃﺻﻠﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫)ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺻﺩﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺷﻭﺏ ﺣﺭﻳﻕ(‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻁﺎء ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻗﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫)ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ(‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻣﺎء ﺳﺎﺧﻥ )ﺗﺯﻳﺩ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺗﻪ ﻋﻥ ‪ 60‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺋﻭﻳﺔ( ﺑﻐﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺭ ﻟﺗﺟﻔﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫)ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺣﺗﺭﺍﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﻁﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ(‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺿﻊ ﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﺧﻧﺔ )ﺗﺯﻳﺩ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﻋﻥ ‪ 60‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺋﻭﻳﺔ( ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﺃﻭ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫)ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﻁﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ(‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺿﻊ ﺇﺻﺑﻌﻙ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻼﻋﻕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺷﻭﻙ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﺃﻭ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫)ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺻﺩﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻧﺷﻭﺏ ﺣﺭﻳﻕ ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺻﺭ‪(.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺑﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺄﻳﺔ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻋﺻﺎ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ .‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻗﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺧﺻﺹ ﻟﻼﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﻥ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺃﺷﺧﺎﺹ )ﺑﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻷﻁﻔﺎﻝ( ﻣﻥ ﺫﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺩﻧﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﻭﺩﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻳﻥ ﻳﻔﺗﻘﺭﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﺑﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺇﺷﺭﺍﻑ ﺃﻭ ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺧﺹ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻥ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺷﺧﺹ ﻣﺳﺅﻭﻝ ﻋﻥ‬
‫ﺳﻼﻣﺗﻬﻡ‪ .‬ﻳﻧﺑﻐﻲ ﺧﺿﻭﻉ ﺍﻷﻁﻔﺎﻝ ﻟﻺﺷﺭﺍﻑ ﻟﺿﻣﺎﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺷﻭﺏ ﺣﺭﻳﻕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺻﺩﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ(‬
‫‪63‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﻃﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﺑﺈﺣﻛﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺧﻼﻑ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﺗﺣﺩﺙ ﺻﺩﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻧﺷﺏ ﺣﺭﻳﻕ ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﺗﺗﻭﻟﺩ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ‪(.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﺑﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺩﻭﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺳﺦ ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻘﺹ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻝ ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﻁﻭﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺷﻭﺏ ﺣﺭﻳﻕ‪(.‬‬
‫ﻓﻭﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﻓﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻁﺑﻳﻌﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺧﻠﻝ‪ ،‬ﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﻋﻥ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ً‬
‫)ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺭﻭﺝ ﺩﺧﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻧﺷﻭﺏ ﺣﺭﻳﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺻﺩﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ(‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﻋﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻁﺑﻳﻌﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺧﻠﻝ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺭﺗﻔﻊ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺳﻠﻙ ﺑﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻁﺑﻳﻌﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻙ ﺗﺎﻟﻑ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻧﺎﻙ ﺍﻧﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﻟﻠﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ ﻣﺷﻭﻫﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺳﺎﺧﻧﺔ ﺑﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻁﺑﻳﻌﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Å‬ﻳﺭﺟﻰ ﻧﺯﻉ ﻗﺎﺑﺱ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻭﺭً ﺍ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﻣﺭﻛﺯ ﺍﻟﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻟﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺻﻼﺡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻹﻣﺳﺎﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻧﺯﻋﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻻ ﺗﺳﺣﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻙ ﻣﻁﻠ ًﻘﺎ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺧﻼﻑ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺻﺩﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻧﺷﻭﺏ ﺣﺭﻳﻕ ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ﺩﺍﺋﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺻﺭ‪(.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻧﺗﺑﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺻﺏ ﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺳﺎﺧﻥ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﺃﻭ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺧﺭﺝ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺧﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺟﺊ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺣﺭﻭﻕ(‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﻧﺑﻐﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﺫﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺷﻔﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﻔﺭﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﺃﻭ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ‪ .‬ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﻳﻥ‪ ،‬ﺷﻔﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻁﻳﻊ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ(‬
‫ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﻂ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﺗﺗﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺷﺭﺍﻑ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻗﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺷﻭﺏ ﺣﺭﻳﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺣﺭﻭﻕ‪(.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺷﺭﺍﻑ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺃﻱ ﺳﻁﺢ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺳﺟﺎﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻔﺎﺭﺵ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺷﻭﺏ ﺣﺭﻳﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ‪(.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﻧﻁﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻁﺭ ﺗﻧﺎﺛﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺻﺩﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺳﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ(‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﺗﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻓﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻌﺭﺿًﺎ ﻟﻠﺭﻁﻭﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﺋﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﻁﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪(.‬‬
‫• ﺃﻱ ﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺗﺭﺗﻔﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻧﺧﻔﺽ ﻓﻳﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﻼﺟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﺩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﻛﺭﻭﻭﻳﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﻁﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﻛﺳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪(.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻠﺑﺔ )ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻅﺎﻡ( ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﺯﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﻁﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪(.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺯﻳﺩ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺻﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻝ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺍﻟﻲ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺗﺯﻡ ﺑﻛﻣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺍﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯ ﻭﺗﻌﻁﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪(.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﺗﻭﺍﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻟﻔﺗﺭﺓ ﻁﻭﻳﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻭﺻﻰ ﺑﺈﺭﺍﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﻥ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺣﺔ‬

‫)ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ(‬ ‫)ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ(‬
‫ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺣﻧﺔ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪64‬‬
‫ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻗﻳﺩ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫)ﺧﻼﻑ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺻﺩﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻧﺷﻭﺏ ﺣﺭﻳﻕ ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ﺗﺳﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ‪(.‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﻭﺍﻟﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ ﻣﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻭﻟﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﻓﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻲ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺟﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﺣﺭﻙ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺣﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻹﻣﺳﺎﻙ ﺑﻌﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ ﺑﻛﻠﺗﺎ ﻳﺩﻳﻙ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺣﻣﻠﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻹﻣﺳﺎﻙ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺑﺎﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﺃﻭ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺣﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻁﻳﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﺧﻼﻁ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻧﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺩﺧﻝ ﺇﺻﺑﻌﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻌﻭﻕ ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻁﻳﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﺧﻼﻁ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺎﺕ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻅﻭﺭﺓ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻓﻘﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻑ‬
‫ﻧﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﻳﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻠﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﺯﺟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﺣﺑﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻁﻌﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺣﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻔﻑ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺭﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺣﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﺻﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻭﺟﺩ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺃﻟﻳﺎﻑ ﺻﻠﺑﺔ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﺯﺟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻋﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﺿﺭﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻠﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺧﺫ ﺍﻟﺧﻧﺯﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻠﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻛﺭﻛﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺯﻧﺟﺑﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺧﺱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻁﻣﺎﻁﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺧﻭﺥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺷﻭﻛﻭﻻﺗﺔ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺟﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ ﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺟﻳﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺧﺿﺭﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺳﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺻﻠﺻﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻧﺛﺭﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻔﻕ‬ ‫ﺃﻱ ﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﺑﺧﻼﻑ ﺑﻳﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﻛﺭﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺯﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﺷﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﺯﺟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻭﺟﺩ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺃﻟﻳﺎﻑ ﺻﻠﺑﺔ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﻁﺎ ﺍﻟﺣﻠﻭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﻁﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻛﺭﻓﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻛﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺑﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺻﻧﻭﺑﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻁﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺗﻧﺯﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻋﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﻁﺱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻁﻣﺎﻁﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺗﻭﻓﻭ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺭﻭﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺷﻌﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺻﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺿﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺃﻱ ﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﺑﺧﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺿﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻛﻳﻭﻱ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻠﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻭﺟﺩ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﻟﻳﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺭﻛﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻑ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻁﻌﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﺳﻣﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﻁﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺣﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻠﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺃﻟﻳﺎﻑ ﺻﻠﺑﺔ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻁﺑﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺯﺑﻳﺏ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺧﺿﺭﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻠﻭﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺩﺍﺋﻣًﺎ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺳﻁﺢ ﻧﻅﻳﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺳﻁﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻠﺏ ﻭﺃﻣﻠﺱ ﻟﺿﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺎﻁﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺳﻁﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪65‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء‬
‫ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ‬
‫‪1.‬‬
‫‪2.‬‬
‫‪3.‬‬ ‫‪15.‬‬
‫‪14.‬‬
‫‪13.‬‬
‫‪16.‬‬
‫‪4.‬‬ ‫‪6.‬‬ ‫‪8.‬‬
‫‪12.‬‬
‫‪17.‬‬
‫‪11.‬‬
‫‪5.‬‬ ‫‪7.‬‬ ‫‪9.‬‬ ‫‪10.‬‬
‫‪19.‬‬ ‫‪18.‬‬
‫‪21.‬‬
‫‪20.‬‬
‫‪24.‬‬
‫‪23.‬‬
‫‪22.‬‬
‫ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﺭﻓﻳﻌﺔ‬ ‫‪.13‬‬ ‫‪ .1‬ﺩﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﻁﻌﺎﻡ‬

‫ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﺳﻣﻳﻛﺔ‬ ‫‪.14‬‬ ‫‪ .2‬ﺃﻧﺑﻭﺏ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﻁﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻣﺭﺓ‬ ‫‪.15‬‬ ‫‪ .3‬ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء‬
‫ﻛﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺿﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪.16‬‬ ‫‪ .4‬ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﻳﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺿﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪.17‬‬ ‫‪ .5‬ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﺷﺭ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺎء‬ ‫‪.18‬‬ ‫‪ .6‬ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺟﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻣﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ‬ ‫‪.19‬‬ ‫‪ .7‬ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻔﻕ‬
‫ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ‬ ‫‪.20‬‬ ‫‪ .8‬ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬ ‫‪.21‬‬ ‫‪ .9‬ﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻁﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﻣﻁﺎﻁﻳﺔ‬ ‫‪.22‬‬ ‫‪ .10‬ﺣﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﺻﻝ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻙ‬ ‫‪.23‬‬ ‫‪ .11‬ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻁﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻋﻡ‬
‫*ﻗﺎﺑﺱ‬ ‫‪.24‬‬ ‫‪ .12‬ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻁﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﺷﻥ‬
‫*ﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﻗﺩ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﺧﺗﻠ ًﻔﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﺢ‬
‫‪66‬‬
‫ﺃﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻁﺣﻧﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫‪1.‬‬ ‫‪12.‬‬
‫‪4.‬‬
‫‪2.‬‬
‫‪5.‬‬
‫‪6.‬‬
‫‪3.‬‬
‫‪9.‬‬
‫‪7.‬‬
‫‪13.‬‬
‫‪11.‬‬
‫‪10.‬‬
‫‪8.‬‬
‫‪* .11‬ﻗﺎﺑﺱ‬ ‫‪ .6‬ﻗﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺣﻥ‬ ‫ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫‪ .12‬ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺻﻧﺩﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ‬ ‫‪ .7‬ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫‪ .13‬ﻛﺎﺷﻁﺔ‬ ‫‪ .8‬ﻗﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﻣﻁﺎﻁﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫‪ .9‬ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺣﻥ‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫‪ .10‬ﺳﻠﻙ‬ ‫ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻁﻳﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ‬ ‫‪.5‬‬
‫*ﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﻗﺩ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﺧﺗﻠ ًﻔﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﺢ‬
‫ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ‬
‫ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ ‪-‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺭﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺑﺔ ﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻁﻳﻊ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺑﺔ ﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﻭﻭﻗﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﺩﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻧﺑﺿﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺟﻳﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺹ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﺭ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻳﺩﻭﻳﺔ ‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﺻﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ‬ ‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﻁﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺳﻳﻧﻘﺿﻲ ﻭﻗﺕ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻭﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺑﻁ ﻧﻔﺳﻪ ﺑﻌﺩ ‪ 10‬ﺛﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﺗﺧﺎﺫ ﺃﻱ ﺇﺟﺭﺍء ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺹ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺳﻳﺯﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺿﻳﺋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻛﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻛﺱ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻳﺔ ﻟﻸﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﺻﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﻁﻌﺔ ﺗﺑﻠﻎ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ‪ 10) ،‬ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﻳﻧﻘﺿﻲ ﻭﻗﺕ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻭﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺑﻁ ﻧﻔﺳﻪ ﺑﻌﺩ ‪ 20‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﺅﻗﺕ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﻭﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﺗﺧﺎﺫ ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﺇﺟﺭﺍء ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪67‬‬
‫ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﻗﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﻗﻳﺎﻡ ﻗﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺳﺗﺷﻌﺭ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﺋﺩ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻗﻠﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻷﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﺻﻑ ﻭﺍﺳﺗﺄﻧﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻌﺫﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺑﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ ﻭﺍﺳﺗﺄﻧﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻔﻌﻳﻝ ﻣﺳﺗﺷﻌﺭ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ‪ .‬ﺍﺗﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺑﺭﺩ ﻟﺩﻗﺎﺋﻕ ﻗﻠﻳﻠﺔ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﻧﻁﻔﺊ ﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺄﻧﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﺷﻝ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺎﻭﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﺭﺟﻰ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﻗﺭﺏ ﻣﺭﻛﺯ ﻟﻠﺧﺩﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻔﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻡ ﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ﺩﺑﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻟﻣﻧﻊ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﺃﻭ ﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺿﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﻘﻔﻠﻳﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺿﻬﻡ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺣﻥ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﻘﻔﻠﻳﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻛﺎﻣﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻭﻡ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺗﻔﻌﻳﻝ ﺩﺑﻭﺱ‬

‫ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺿﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺛﺑﺗﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺣﻛﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ‪ :A‬ﺍﻟﻔﺗﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ‪ :B‬ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻝ‬
‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬
‫ﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ‪:‬‬

‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﻣﺣﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﻠﺙ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺳﻭﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﻣﻊ ﺗﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺳﻭﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ‪ .A‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﻋﻘﺎﺭ‪B‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﺳﻣﻊ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻝ ﻭﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﻠﺙ‬
‫ﻣﺣﺎﺫﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻭﺿﻊ ﺏ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﻔﺗﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻝ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻛﺳﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺑﺎﺑﻳﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺑﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺄﻳﺔ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ‪ ،‬ﻋﺻﺎ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺻﺏ ﺍﻟﺳﻭﺍﺋﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺩﺑﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺣﺎﻓﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻅﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺩﺑﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻟﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺗﺭﺍﻛﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﻳﺋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﻳﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺗﺿﻣﻥ ﺍﻹﺟﺭﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺫﻛﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﻋﻣﻝ ﺩﺑﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﺏ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺇﺗﺑﺎﻋﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺗﺑﻁﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺩﺑﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪68‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻔﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻙ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﻳﻥ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﻋﻛﺱ ﺍﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﺭﻓﻌﻪ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺳﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻱ ﻣﻥ ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﻳﻥ ﻭﺍﺭﻓﻌﻬﺎ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺗﺑﻪ ﻟﻠﺣﻭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﻳﻥ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻣﺭﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻳﻭﺻﻰ ﺑﺷﺩﺓ ﺑﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﺟﻔﻳﻔﻬﺎ ﺟﻳ ًﺩﺍ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﺭﺟﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺟﻭﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪ 86‬ﻭ ‪ 87‬ﻟﻠﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻗﺑﻝ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪ .‬ﻳﺭﺟﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺟﻭﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪ 87‬ﺗﺣﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻧﻭﺍﻥ "ﺍﻟﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ" ﻟﻠﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻳﻔﻳﺔ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﻳﻥ • ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺟﻥ • ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻔﻕ • ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﺷﺭ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﻳﻥ )ﺃﻭ ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺟﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻔﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﺷﺭ(‬ ‫ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﺷﺭ‪ ،‬ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﻧﻔﺳﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﻳﻥ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺑﺭﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺩﻧﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﻳﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺿﻊ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺍﺭﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺣﺗﻰ‬
‫ﺗﺳﻣﻊ ﺻﻭﺕ "ﺗﻛﺔ"‪ .‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺃﻧﺑﻭﺏ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪69‬‬
‫ﺷﻔﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ )ﺍﻟﺭﻓﻳﻌﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺳﻣﻳﻛﺔ( · ﺷﻔﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻁﻳﻊ )ﺍﻟﺧﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻋﻡ( · ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﻁﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻣﺭﺓ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻓﺗﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ‬
‫‪PUSH‬‬
‫‪PUSH‬‬
‫‪PUSH‬‬
‫‪PUSH‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺳﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺗﺋﺔ‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﺳﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺗﺋﺔ ﻟﻠﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﺻﻝ ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺗﻭﺏ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ "‪ "PUSH‬ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﺳﻣﻊ ﺻﻭﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫"ﻁﻘﻁﻘﺔ"‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻧﺗﺑﻪ ﻟﻠﺣﻭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﻔﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﺻﻝ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﻔﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺣﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﺻﻝ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻛﺳﻲ ﺑﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺗﻭﺏ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ "‪. "PUSH‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺇﺻﺑﻌﻙ ﻭﺇﺑﻬﺎﻣﻙ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺗﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﻟﻺﻣﺳﺎﻙ ﺑﺣﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﺻﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺿﻊ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺍﺭﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺣﺗﻰ‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﺣﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺳﻣﻊ ﺻﻭﺕ "ﺗﻛﺔ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺑﺭﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺩﻧﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺣﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﺻﻝ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺻﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺿﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺿﻳﺎﺕ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء‪ .‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ‬ ‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻛﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺿﻳﺎﺕ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻋﻣﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﺳﻣﻊ ﺻﻭﺕ "ﻧﻘﺭﺓ"‪.‬‬
‫‪70‬‬
‫ﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻁﺔ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻁﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء‪ .‬ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻁﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺿﻊ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻁﺔ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﺗﻡ ﻣﺣﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪ .A‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ ﻋﻛﺱ ﺍﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﺗﻡ ﻣﺣﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪.B‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺑﺭﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺩﻧﻲ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻁﺔ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺿﻊ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺍﺭﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺣﺗﻰ‬
‫ﺗﺳﻣﻊ ﺻﻭﺕ "ﺗﻛﺔ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﻓﻭﻕ ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﺗﻡ ﻣﺣﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪.A‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪ .2‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﺑﺎﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﺳﻣﻊ ﺻﻭﺕ "ﻧﻘﺭﺓ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺣﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﻠﺙ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺳﻭﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﻣﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻁﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺳﻭﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪.B‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻔﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻋﻛﺳﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪71‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ‪ -‬ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﻳﻥ ‪-‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺣﺩ‬ ‫ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﻭﻣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ‬ ‫ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻟﻣﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻭﻡ‬ ‫‪50~400 g‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺓ‪ :‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ)‪ 30‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ(‬ ‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺷﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻅﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻗﻁﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺭﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻛﻌﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﺣﺟﻡ ‪ 2‬ﺇﻟﻰ‪ 3‬ﺳﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻣﺎﻙ‬ ‫‪50~500 g‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺓ‪ :‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ)‪ 5~20‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺭﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺑﺻﻝ‬ ‫‪150~500 g‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﺷﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﻁﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻛﻌﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﺣﺟﻡ ‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺓ‪ :‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ)‪ 60‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ(‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ‪ 3‬ﺳﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺇﻟﻰ‪ 2‬ﺳﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭ ﻋﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﺩﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﻠﺞ‬ ‫‪250~450 g‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻧﺻﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺓ‪ :‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ)‪ 100‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ(‬ ‫ﻋﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﺳﻧﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺟﻳﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﻭﺩﺍﻧﻲ‬ ‫‪100~500 g‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏﻼﻑ ﻭﻗﺷﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻣﺹ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺓ‪ :‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ)‪ 10‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻕ(‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺳﻭﺩﺍﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻳﺔ ﻣﺧﺻﺻﺔ ﻟﻠﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﻳﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺟﺔ ﺃﻱ ﻛﻣﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺿﺑﻁ ﻣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻳﺩﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﺑﺯ ﺍﻷﺑﻳﺽ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ‬ ‫ﻗﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﺑﺯ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻋﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻳﺗﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺗﻳﺕ‬ ‫‪10~200 g‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺓ‪ 40~10 :‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﻳﻥ ‪ 6‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 8‬ﻗﻁﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻋﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺛﻭﻡ‬ ‫‪5~500 g‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺓ‪ 20~5 :‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺷﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﺷﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﻁﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻛﻌﺑﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ‬ ‫‪50~450 g‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺓ‪ 25~10 :‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺣﺟﻡ ‪ 2‬ﺇﻟﻰ‪ 3‬ﺳﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻁﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﻘﺩﻭﻧﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ‬
‫‪5~100 g‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺓ‪ 20~10 :‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﻳﻘﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻳﻁﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ‬ ‫ﻗﻁﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻛﻌﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﺣﺟﻡ ‪ 2‬ﺇﻟﻰ‪3‬‬
‫ﻋﻳﺵ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺍﺏ‬ ‫‪30~250 g‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺓ‪ 45~3 :‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺳﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ‬ ‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻏﻼﻑ ﻭﻗﺷﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺣﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺳﻭﺩﺍﻧﻲ‬ ‫‪10~200 g‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺓ‪ 45~15 :‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺳﻭﺩﺍﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﺻﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺳﺣﻕ‬ ‫ﺟﺑﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺭﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ‬ ‫‪10~200 g‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ‬ ‫ﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺣﻠﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺛﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺓ‪ 60~20 :‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺣﻠﻭﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﻛﻳﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺟﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻳﻕ‬ ‫‪~300 g‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﻛﻌﺑﺎﺕ ﺛﻠﺞ ﺑﺣﺟﻡ ‪ 2‬ﺇﻟﻰ‪ 3‬ﺳﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺓ‪ ~120 :‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺟﺭﺵ ﺍﻟﺛﻠﺞ‬ ‫ﻣﻛﻌﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺛﻠﺞ‬ ‫~‪ 10‬ﻗﻁﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﮑﻌﺑﻬﺎی ﻳﺦ ‪ 3~2‬ﺳﺎﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭی‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺓ‪ ~30 :‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻭﺍﻛﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺳﻭﺍﺋﻝ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺻﻳﺭ‬ ‫‪~1,500 mL‬‬ ‫ﻗﻁﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻛﻌﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﺣﺟﻡ ‪ 2‬ﺇﻟﻰ‪3‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ‬ ‫ﺳﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭ‪ .‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﺿﺭﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺓ‪ ~180 :‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺻﻠﺑﺔ ﺃﻭﻻً‪ .‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻌﺑﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺋﻝ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺣﺳﺎء‬ ‫‪100~400 g‬‬ ‫ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻻ ﻳﺗﺧﻁﻰ ‪ 1500‬ﻣﻠﻠﻲ ﻟﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻠﻭﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﻁﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ‬ ‫ﻗﻁﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻛﻌﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﺣﺟﻡ ‪ 2‬ﺇﻟﻰ‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺭﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻠﻭﻗﺔ‬ ‫‪100~400 g‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺓ‪ 90~15 :‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺳﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﻁﻊ‬
‫‪72‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺇﺗﻣﺎﻡ ﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺑﺱ ﻭﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺯﺭ‬ ‫ﺣﺩﺩ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ‪ .‬ﺳﺗﺿﻲء ﻟﻣﺑﺔ ﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪ .‬ﺳﺗﺿﻲء ﻭﺗﻭﻣﺽ ﻟﻣﺑﺎﺕ ﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ ﻭﺳﻳﺻﺩﺭ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺻﻔﻳﺭ‪ .‬ﺳﺗﺿﻲء ﻭﺗﻭﻣﺽ ﻟﻣﺑﺔ ﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﺯﺭ ﻭﻗﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻛﻝ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﺋﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻣﺑﺭﻣﺞ ﻣﺳﺑ ًﻘﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺳﺗﻧﻁﻔﺊ ﻟﻣﺑﺎﺕ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻛﻝ‬
‫ﻛﻝ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﻣﺿﻲء ﻳﻣﺛﻝ ‪ 10‬ﺛﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻣﻥ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 10‬ﺛﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﻧﺗﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﻭﺳﻣﺎﻉ ‪ 4‬ﺻﻔﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﺳﺗﺿﻲء‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻟﺑﺩء ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺗﻭﻣﺽ ﻟﻣﺑﺎﺕ ﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﻳﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﻗﺑﻝ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻛﺗﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﺍﻧﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺑﺱ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﺩﺍﺋﻣًﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﻳﻥ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺹ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺿﺭﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﺳﺑﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻧﺗﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺟﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﺛﻝ ﻛﻝ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﻣﺿﻲء ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ )‪ .(1‬ﺳﻳﻘﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺿﻲء ﻛﻝ ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﻭﻛﻣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻫﻧﺎﻙ ﺍﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﻣﺅﺛﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻣﺳﺎﻙ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﺑﻛﻠﺗﺎ ﻳﺩﻳﻙ ﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺗﻪ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪73‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻳﺩﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺇﺗﻣﺎﻡ ﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺑﺱ ﻭﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺯﺭ‬ ‫ﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﺻﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻘﻁﻊ‪ .‬ﺳﺗﺿﻲء ﻟﻣﺑﺔ ﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪ .‬ﺳﺗﺿﻲء ﻭﺗﻭﻣﺽ ﻟﻣﺑﺎﺕ ﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺳﻳﺻﺩﺭ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺻﻔﻳﺭ‪ .‬ﺳﺗﺿﻲء ﻭﺗﻭﻣﺽ ﻟﻣﺑﺎﺕ ﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻧﺑﺿﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺹ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﺭ‪ .‬ﻛﻠﻣﺎ ﺯﺍﺩ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﻁ‬ ‫ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﺗﻅﻝ ﻟﻣﺑﺔ ﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻣﺿﻳﺋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺿﻳﺋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻣﺎ ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬ ‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻧﺑﺿﺎﺕ ﻟﺑﺩء ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﻳﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﻗﺑﻝ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻛﺗﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﺍﻧﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺑﺱ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﺩﺍﺋﻣًﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﻳﻥ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺗﺧﻁ ﻛﻣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﻌﺟﻥ ﻟﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺍﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻁﺑﻳﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺿﻊ ﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﺧﻧﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﻟﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﺩﺍﺋﻣًﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻗﺑﻝ ﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﻁﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻠﻭﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺻﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻠﺑﺔ ﺃﻭﻻً ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﻗﻡ ﺑﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻻ ﻳﺗﺧﻁﻰ ﺍﻟﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﻠﻲ ‪ 1500‬ﻣﻠﻠﻲ ﻟﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﻭﻛﻣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻫﻧﺎﻙ ﺍﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﻣﺅﺛﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﻭﺿﻊ ﻳﺩﻙ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺗﻪ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء‬
‫‪74‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ‪ -‬ﺣﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﺻﻝ ‪-‬‬
‫‪PUSH‬‬
‫ﺷﻔﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ )ﺍﻟﺳﻣﻳﻛﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺭﻓﻳﻌﺔ(‬ ‫ﺷﻔﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻁﻳﻊ )ﺍﻟﺧﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻋﻡ(‬ ‫ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﻁﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻣﺭﺓ‬

‫‪ -‬ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻟﺗﻘﻁﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻟﺗﻘﻁﻳﻊ ﻭﺑﺷﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﻁﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻣﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻘﻁﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﺷﻔﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ )ﺍﻟﺳﻣﻳﻛﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺭﻓﻳﻌﺔ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ‬ ‫ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﻭﻣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ‬ ‫ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡﻟﻣﺭﺓﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪700 g‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﺻﻝ‬ ‫‪700 g‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ‬ ‫ﻗﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﺻﺑﺢ ﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ‬

‫ﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ‬ ‫‪600 g‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺓ‪- :‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﺻﻝ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺗﻧﺎﺳﺏ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺃﻧﺑﻭﺏ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﻁﺱ‬ ‫‪600 g‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺭﻧﺏ‬
‫‪400 g‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻔﻭﻑ(‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﺷﻔﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻁﻳﻊ )ﺍﻟﺧﺷﻥ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻋﻡ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪650 g‬‬
‫ﻗﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﺻﺑﺢ ﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ‬ ‫‪500 g‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺗﻧﺎﺳﺏ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺃﻧﺑﻭﺏ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻁﻳﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﻁﺱ‬ ‫‪650 g‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﺻﻝ‬
‫ﻗﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﺻﺑﺢ ﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺗﻧﺎﺳﺏ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﺑﻥ‬ ‫‪500 g‬‬ ‫ﺃﻧﺑﻭﺏ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻠﺑﺔ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺟﺑﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺭﻣﻳﺯﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﻁﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻣﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﻁﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﻁﺱ‬ ‫‪800 g‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻣﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ‬ ‫ﻗﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﺻﺑﺢ ﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺓ‪- :‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺗﻧﺎﺳﺏ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﺻﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻛﺭﻧﺏ‬ ‫‪500 g‬‬ ‫ﺃﻧﺑﻭﺏ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺭﺩ ﮐﺭﺩﻥ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻔﻭﻑ(‬
‫‪75‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ‪ -‬ﺣﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﺻﻝ ‪-‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺇﺗﻣﺎﻡ ﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺑﺱ ﻭﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺯﺭ‬ ‫ﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﺻﻝ‪ .‬ﺳﺗﺿﻲء ﻟﻣﺑﺔ ﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ ﻭﺳﻳﺻﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪ .‬ﺳﺗﺿﻲء ﻭﺗﻭﻣﺽ ﻟﻣﺑﺎﺕ ﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺻﻭﺕ ﺻﻔﻳﺭ‪ .‬ﺳﺗﺿﻲء ﻭﺗﻭﻣﺽ ﻟﻣﺑﺔ ﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻧﺑﺿﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺹ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﺭ‪ .‬ﻛﻠﻣﺎ ﺯﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻧﺑﻭﺏ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺑﺩﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺿﻳﺋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻣﺎ ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻧﺑﺿﺎﺕ ﻟﺑﺩء ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺣﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﺻﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﻗﺑﻝ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﺗﻅﻝ ﻟﻣﺑﺔ ﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻣﺿﻳﺋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻛﺗﻣﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﺍﻧﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺑﺱ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻋﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﻗﻳﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻷﻧﺑﻭﺏ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪ ،1‬ﻟﺗﻭﻓﻳﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻡ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻟﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﻛﺔ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻛﺎﻓﺋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺧﻠﺹ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻗﻁﻊ ﻣﺗﺑﻘﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﻣﺣﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﻟﻳﺎﻑ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪ 2‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﻣﺗﻧﺎﺳﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪1‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪2‬‬
‫‪76‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ‪ -‬ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺟﻥ ‪-‬‬
‫ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺟﻥ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻣﻳﺭﺓ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺟﻳﻥ )ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻣﻳﺭﺓ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺷﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺧﻣﺭ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻥ(‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺗﻣﺭ ﺧﻠﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﺟﻳﻥ ﻣﻳﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺩﻗﻳﻕ ﺍﻟﺧﺑﺯ‬ ‫‪300 g‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﺑﺩﺃ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ‪،1‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺗﻘﺷﺭ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺟﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﻛﻝ ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺣﺗﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﺷﺎﻱ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻳﻁ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﺻﻝ‬ ‫ﺗﺻﻝ ﻟﻠﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺋﻝ‬ ‫‪60~200 mL‬‬ ‫ﺍﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﺻﺎﻕ ﺧﻠﻳﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﺟﻳﻥ ﺣﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺓ‪ 120 :‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪ 1‬ﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ ﺷﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺟﻳﻥ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻛﺗﻣﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻳﻛﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺟﻳﻥ ﻣﺭﺿﻳًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻋﺟﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺇﺗﻣﺎﻡ ﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺑﺱ ﻭﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺯﺭ‬ ‫ﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﺻﻝ ﻭﺍﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺻﻭﻯ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪ .‬ﺳﺗﺿﻲء ﻭﺗﻭﻣﺽ ﻟﻣﺑﺎﺕ ﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﺭ‪ .‬ﻛﻠﻣﺎ ﺯﺍﺩ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺿﻳﺋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻣﺎ ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻟﺑﺩء ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﺗﻅﻝ ﻟﻣﺑﺔ ﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻣﺿﻳﺋﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻛﺗﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﺍﻧﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﻻﺣﻅ ﺗﺷﻛﻝ ﻛﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺟﻳﻥ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺑﺱ‪ .‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻛﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺟﻳﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﻗﺑﻝ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺟﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺗﺷﻛﻝ ﻛﺭﺓ ﻋﺟﻳﻥ ﻣﻛﺗﻧﺯﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺗﺧﻁ ﻛﻣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﻟﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺟﻥ ﻟﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺍﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻁﺑﻳﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪77‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ‪ -‬ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻔﻕ ‪-‬‬
‫ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻔﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺻﻝ ﺑﻳﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺽ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺑﻳﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺽ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 6‬ﻗﻁﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺓ‪25 :‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ~‪ 5‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻕ‬ ‫ﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻛﻌﻙ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻋﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻔﻕ‬
‫ﭘﻳﻭﺳﺗﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺭﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺯﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺭﻳﻣﺔ‬ ‫‪100~300 mL‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺓ‪ 40~20 :‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻫﻭﻥ ﺑﻧﺳﺑﺔ ‪ 35%‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺗﺑﻠﻎ ‪ 5‬ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﺋﻭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﻗﺏ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭﺗﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻔﻭﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺑﺱ‪ .‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻔﻕ ﺑﺣﺫﺭ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺗﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﻳﺞ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻔﺭﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺭﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﻔﻭﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺗﺣﻠﻝ ﻟﺗﺷﻛﻝ ﻛﺗﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﺑﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻛﺭﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻔﻕ ﺳﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺗﺎﺋﺞ ﻣﺗﻔﺎﻭﺗﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻭﺻﻰ ﺑﻣﻭﺍﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺧﻔﻕ ﺍﻟﻛﺭﻳﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻓﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪78‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ‪ -‬ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﺷﺭ ‪-‬‬
‫ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﺷﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺷﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺡ‬ ‫‪200 g‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ‬ ‫ﻗﻁﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻛﻌﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﺣﺟﻡ ‪ 2‬ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺓ‪- :‬‬ ‫‪ 3‬ﺳﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺑﺱ‪ .‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﺷﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﻗﺑﻝ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪79‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ‪ -‬ﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻁﺔ ‪-‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻁﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ‪ :‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻗﻁﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ ﺑﺣﺟﻡ ‪ 3‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪5‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﺧﺱ‬ ‫‪100 g‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺓ‪ :‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ )‪ 30‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ(‬ ‫ﺳﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺭﻧﺏ‬ ‫‪200 g‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻔﻭﻑ(‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺓ‪ :‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ )‪ 60~30‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ(‬ ‫ﻣﻘﻁﻌﺔ ﺑﺣﺟﻡ ‪ 1‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 3‬ﻣﻠﻠﻳﻣﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺇﺗﻣﺎﻡ ﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺑﺱ ﻭﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺯﺭ‬ ‫ﺣﺩﺩ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ‪ .‬ﺳﺗﺿﻲء ﻟﻣﺑﺔ ﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ ﻭﺳﻳﺻﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪ .‬ﺳﺗﺿﻲء ﻭﺗﻭﻣﺽ ﻟﻣﺑﺎﺕ ﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺻﻭﺕ ﺻﻔﻳﺭ‪ .‬ﺳﺗﺿﻲء ﻭﺗﻭﻣﺽ ﻟﻣﺑﺔ ﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﺯﺭ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻛﻝ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﺋﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻣﺑﺭﻣﺞ ﻣﺳﺑ ًﻘﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻛﺗﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﺍﻧﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﻛﻝ ﺷﺭﻳﻁ ﻣﺿﻲء ﻳﻣﺛﻝ ‪ 10‬ﺛﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﻣﻥ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺑﺱ‪ .‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻁﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻟﺑﺩء ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪ .‬ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﺗﻧﻁﻔﺊ ﻟﻣﺑﺎﺕ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﺑﻌﺩ ﻛﻝ ‪ 10‬ﺛﻭﺍﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﻧﺗﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﻭﺳﻣﺎﻉ ‪ 4‬ﺻﻔﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﺳﺗﺿﻲء ﻭﺗﻭﻣﺽ ﻟﻣﺑﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺻﻭﻯ ﻟﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻁﺔ‪ 200 :‬ﺟﺭﺍﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ ﻟﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻁﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻳﻬﻣﺎ ﺃﺳﺑﻕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻅﻭﺭﺓ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺗﻧﺯﺓ )ﻣﺛﻝ ﺣﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﻣﺎﻁﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ(‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺳﺎﻭﻱ ﺣﻭﻝ ﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻁﺔ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻁﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﺻﻝ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﺩﺍﺋﻣًﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ ﻣﺭﻛﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻁﺔ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﻟﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺧﺭﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﻧﺎﺛﺭﻫﺎ ﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء‪.‬‬
‫‪80‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ‪ -‬ﻋﺻﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺿﻳﺎﺕ ‪-‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻌﺻﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺿﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ‪7‬‬
‫ﻋﺻﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺿﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪1000 mL‬‬ ‫ﻗﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﻬﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺻﻔﻳﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺇﺗﻣﺎﻡ ﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺑﺱ ﻭﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺯﺭ‬ ‫ﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﺻﻝ ﻭﺍﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ‪ 7‬ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪ .‬ﺳﺗﺿﻲء ﻭﺗﻭﻣﺽ ﻟﻣﺑﺎﺕ ﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺹ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﺭ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻟﺑﺩء ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻁﻌﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺻﻔﻳﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻌﻝ ﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺍﻟﻛﺄﺱ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻭﺏ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻛﺗﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﺍﻧﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺿﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺑﻘﻭﺓ ﻹﺧﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﺻﻳﺭ‪ .‬ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﺗﻅﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺑﺱ‪ .‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻋﺻﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺿﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﻗﺑﻝ ﺻﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺻﻳﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺑﺔ ﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻣﺿﻳﺋﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺭﺝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﺩﺍﺋﻣًﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺿﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻭﺿﻭﻉ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺿﻳﺎﺕ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﺑﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺩﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺑﻘﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺿﻳﺎﺕ ﻟﺗﻳﺳﻳﺭ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﺻﻳﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪81‬‬
‫ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻭﻓﻙ ﻣﺭﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻏﻼﻗﻬﺎ ﺑﻐﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺿﻊ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﺗﻡ ﻣﺣﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ‪.A‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ ﺑﺎﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﺳﻣﻊ ﺻﻭﺕ "ﻧﻘﺭﺓ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺣﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﻠﺙ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺳﻭﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ ﻣﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻁﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺳﻭﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ‪.B‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻔﻙ‪ ،‬ﺑﺑﺳﺎﻁﺔ ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻋﻛﺳﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺧﻼﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻛﻬﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ‬
‫ﺗﺳﻳﻳﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺧﺿﺭﻭﺍﺕ‬ ‫‪1,000 mL‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺓ‪ 2~:‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻕ‬ ‫ﻗﻁﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻛﻌﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﺣﺟﻡ ‪ 1‬ﺳﻧﺗﻳﻣﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺻﻭﻯ‪ 1 :‬ﻟﺗﺭ‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻅﻭﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﺳﻣﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻁﻌﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻠﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻗﻠﻳﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺎﻩ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻛﻌﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺛﻠﺞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﻭﺻﻰ ﺑﺧﻠﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻠﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﺯﺟﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻛﻥ‪ ،‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺿﺭﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻘﻁﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻠﺑﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻁﻊ ﺻﻐﻳﺭﺓ )ﻣﺛﻝ ﺗﻘﻁﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺟﺯﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻛﻌﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﺣﺟﻡ ‪ 1‬ﺳﻡ‪ (³‬ﻭﺗﻌﺑﺋﺔ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻻ ﺗﺗﺧﻁﻰ ﻧﺻﻑ ﺍﻟﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺑﺋﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺗﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺻﺩﻭﺭ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻁﺑﻳﻌﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻋﻣﺔ )ﺍﻟﺧﺿﺭﻭﺍﺕ( ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪82‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺑﺱ‪ .‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ ﻣﻥ ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ ﻭﺍﺳﺗﻣﺭ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻁﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻭﺭً ﺍ ﻭﺍﻧﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﺑﺗﺣﺭﻳﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺄﺻﺎﺑﻌﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ‬
‫ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻁ‪ ،‬ﻫﻧﺎﻙ ﺍﺣﺗﻣﺎﻝ ﻟﺧﺭﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ ﻓﺗﺣﺔ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻧﺎﺛﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﻣﺳﺣﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻗﻁﻌﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻣﺎﺵ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺗﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺭﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ )ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺗﻳﻥ‪ ،‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺗﻳﻥ(‪.‬‬
‫‪83‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻙ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻗﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺣﻥ ﻋﻛﺱ ﺍﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ ﻟﻠﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺣﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺭﻓﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺣﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﺗﺗﺧﻁ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺑﺋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﻭﻓﻙ ﻣﺭﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺣﻧﺔ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺣﻥ ﺭﺃﺳًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻘﺏ ﺛﻡ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻌﺑﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺩﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺿﻊ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺣﻧﺔ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ‪ .‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺣﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﺗﺟﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺗﺧﻁﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻳﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﺳﻣﻊ ﺻﻭﺕ "ﻧﻘﺭﺓ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﻗﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺣﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺣﻥ ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﺳﻣﻊ ﺻﻭﺕ "ﺗﻛﺔ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻔﻙ‪ ،‬ﺑﺑﺳﺎﻁﺔ ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻋﻛﺳﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻣﻁﺣﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺑﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ‬
‫ﻁﺣﻥ‬ ‫ﺣﺗﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ‬ ‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﺻﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺓ‪ 60~ :‬ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻔﻝ‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻅﻭﺭﺓ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻁﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺳﻭﺍﺋﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻠﺑﺔ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺭﻛﻡ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺣﻧﺔ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺑﺋﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺗﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺻﺩﻭﺭ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻁﺑﻳﻌﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪84‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺑﺱ‪ .‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺣﻧﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ ﻭﺍﺳﺗﻣﺭ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺗﺑﻪ ﻟﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻁﻳﻊ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺗﺧﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺭﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ )ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺗﻳﻥ(‪.‬‬
‫‪25‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺳﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺑﻕ‬
‫ﻳﺳﺎﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺳﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺑﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻳﺳﻳﺭ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻊ‪ :‬ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﻳﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺟﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻔﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ‪ .‬ﻹﺟﺭﺍء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺳﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺑﻕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺑﺑﺳﺎﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺑﺩﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﻭﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﺑﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻌﺑﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺎء ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﺻﻝ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺻﻑ ﺍﻟﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﺭﺓ )ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﺭﺏ ‪ 750‬ﻣﻠﻠﻲ ﻟﺗﺭ(‪ .‬ﺿﻊ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء‬ ‫ﻭﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺍﻟﻲ ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻌﺑﺋﺔ ‪ 500‬ﻣﻠﻠﻲ ﻟﺗﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء‪ .‬ﻗﻡ‬
‫ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺍﺭﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﺳﻣﻊ ﺻﻭﺕ "ﺗﻛﺔ"‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺑﺱ ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺍﺻﻝ ﻭﺍﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺻﻑ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺻﻭﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ‪ 10‬ﺛﻭﺍﻧﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﺍﻧﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺑﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺑﺩﺃ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻏﺳﻝ ﺗﻠﻙ ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺷﻁﻔﻬﺎ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﺟﺎﺭﻱ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻣﻧﻅﻑ ﻣﻧﺯﻟﻲ ﻣﺣﺎﻳﺩ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺿﺭﻭﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﺛﻡ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺟﻔﻳﻔﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻗﻁﻌﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻣﺎﺵ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻅﻳﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪PUSH‬‬
‫ﺍﻏﺳﻝ ﺗﻠﻙ ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺷﻁﻔﻬﺎ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﺟﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻧﻅﻳﻔﻬﺎ ﺑﺣﺫﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻓﺭﺷﺎﺓ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻣﻧﻅﻑ ﻣﻧﺯﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺣﺎﻳﺩ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺿﺭﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ﺣﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﻳﻧﺑﻐﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺎﻣﻝ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﺣﺫﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻎ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ‪ .‬ﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺍﺻﻁﺩﺍﻡ ﺗﻠﻙ ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ﺑﺄﺷﻳﺎء ﺻﻠﺑﺔ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء‬
‫ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻧﺑﻐﻲ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻏﺳﻝ ﻗﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺣﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻓﺭﺷﺎﺓ ﻟﻠﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪86‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺳﺢ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻗﺎﺫﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻘﻊ ﺑﻘﻁﻌﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻣﺎﺵ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺭﻁﺏ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻓﺻﻝ ﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻲ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻐﺳﻝ ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ ﺗﺣﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﺟﺎﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻣﻁﻠ ًﻘﺎ ﺍﻟﺳﻭﺍﺋﻝ ﺍﻷﻛﺎﻟﺔ )ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺣﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺛﻧﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ( ﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻏﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻁﺑﺎﻕ‬

‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻏﺳﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻛﺫﻟﻙ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﻓﻲ ﻏﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻁﺑﺎﻕ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺁﻣﻥ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺿﻊ ﺗﻠﻙ ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﺧﺎﻥ ﺑﻐﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻁﺑﺎﻕ ﻟﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺇﺗﻼﻓﻬﺎ ﺑﻔﻌﻝ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﻣﻥ ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ‬
‫ﻟﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺎﻁﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻌﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ‬ ‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﻠﻑ ﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻲ ﺣﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺟﺯء ﺍﻟﺳﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻥ ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻛﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﻟﻑ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻙ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺗﺩﺭﻳﺟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺗﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻧﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﻭﺍﺭﻓﻊ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﻳﻥ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء‪ .‬ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﻣﺭﻓﻘﺔ ﻟﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺻﻧﺩﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ‪ :‬ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺟﻥ‪ ،‬ﻛﻭﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪ .‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﻗﺑﻝ ﻓﻙ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺿﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﺳﻣﻳﻛﺔ‪ ،‬ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﺭﻓﻳﻌﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻐﻠﻳﻑ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻁﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻋﻡ‪ ،‬ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻁﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﺷﻥ‪ ،‬ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﻁﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻣﺭﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﺻﻝ‪ ،‬ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﺷﺭ‪ ،‬ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻔﻕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺷﺎﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪87‬‬
‫ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﻋﻁﺎﻝ ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺭﺟﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻘﻕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺗﻳﺏ ﻟﻼﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺷﻛﻠﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺳﺑﺏ ﻭﺍﻹﺟﺭﺍء‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺛﺑﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺭﺝ‪.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪w‬‬ ‫‪ Å‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﺑﺈﺣﻛﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺭﺝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Å‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻘﻔﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﺗﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﻘﺩﺍﻥ ﺣﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪ Å‬ﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺑﺄﺻﺎﺑﻌﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﻁﺊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻥ ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪w‬‬ ‫‪ Å‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺑﻘﻭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻳﻌﻣﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Å‬ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻗﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪ .‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺣﻧﺔ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺛﺑﺗﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Å‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺣﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﻠﺙ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺳﻭﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﺳﺗﻁﻳﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺳﻭﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪.71‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻣﻝ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺩء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪w‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﺃﻭ ﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺿﻳﺎﺕ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺛﺑﺗﻳﻥ ﺑﺈﺣﻛﺎﻡ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء‪.‬‬
‫‪ Å‬ﺛﺑﺕ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﺑﺈﺣﻛﺎﻡ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺗﻛﺩﺳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Å‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺣﺫﺭ ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺗﺗﻔﻕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﺗﻡ ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺋﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫)ﺗﺑﺩﺃ ﻟﻣﺑﺔ ﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻣﻳﺽ(‪.‬‬ ‫‪w‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺗﻡ ﺗﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺧﺎﻣﻼً ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺗﺯﻳﺩ ﻋﻥ ‪ 10‬ﺛﻭﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Å‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺇﺗﻣﺎﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻹﺟﺭﺍء ﺑﻌﺩ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻏﺿﻭﻥ ‪ 10‬ﺛﻭﺍﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻡ ﺗﻔﻌﻳﻝ ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﻗﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ‪) .‬ﻳﺭﺟﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺟﻭﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪(68‬‬
‫• ﺗﻡ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﻘﺩﺭﺍ ﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Å‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﺋﺩﺓ ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺗﺗﻔﻕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻗﻁﻊ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺻﻠﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Å‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﻁﻌﺔ ﻭﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺻﻠﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﻓﺟﺄﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪w‬‬ ‫ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻷﻁﻌﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺟﻣﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻠﺑﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺛﺎﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻔﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‪) .‬ﻳﺭﺟﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺟﻭﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪(86‬‬
‫• ﺍﻻﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻳﻌﻲ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻗﻔﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Å‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻛﻣﻳﺔ ﺗﺗﻔﻕ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Å‬ﺍﻗﻔﻝ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﺃﻭ ﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺿﻳﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﺑﺈﺣﻛﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺣﻧﺔ ﻣﺛﺑﺗﺔ ﺑﺈﺣﻛﺎﻡ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ‪.‬‬
‫‪88‬‬
‫ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﻋﻁﺎﻝ ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺷﻛﻠﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺳﺑﺏ ﻭﺍﻹﺟﺭﺍء‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﻭﺿﻭﻉ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺳﻁﺢ ﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﻭﺃﻣﻠﺱ‪.‬‬

‫‪ Å‬ﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺎﻁﻳﺔ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺳﻁﺢ ﻧﻅﻳﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﻠﺱ ﻭﻣﺳﺗﻭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﺍﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻁﺑﻳﻌﻲ ﻭﺿﻭﺿﺎء ﺃﺛﻧﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫‪w‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﻛﺛﻳﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻠﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Å‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﺗﺗﻔﻕ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻠﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺗﺯﻳﺩ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳﺔ ﻣﺧﺻﺻﺔ ﻟﻠﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ ﻟﻛﻣﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺃﻳﺔ ﻛﻣﻳﺎﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺳﺗﺅﺛﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺩﺍء‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺯﻳﺞ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻛﺛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺗﻡ‬
‫ﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭﻫﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻘﻠﻳﺑﻬﺎ ﺟﻳﺩًﺍ‪.‬‬ ‫‪w‬‬ ‫‪ Å‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺹ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﺳﺗﻣﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﺻﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﻳﺞ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﺛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻳﺩﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ ﻟﻛﻣﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺧﺻﻳﺻﻬﻣﺎ ﻛﺩﻟﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻛﻣﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ ﺳﺗﺅﺛﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺩﺍء‪.‬‬
‫‪ Å‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﺻﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﻳﺞ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪89‬‬
‫ﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﻗﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﻭﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﺟﻬﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺣﻣﺎﻳﺔ ﻗﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻛﺗﺷﺎﻑ ﺟﻬﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﺭﺍء‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺑﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ ﻭﺍﺳﺗﺄﻧﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‪ :‬ﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﺄ ﻳﻭﺿﺢ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻲ ﻳﺯﻳﺩ ﻋﻥ ‪ 280‬ﻓﻭﻟﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﺳﺧﻭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﺋﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﻣﺣﺭﻙ‬ ‫‪ .3‬ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺣﻧﺔ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺛﺑﺗﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺷﻛﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﺭﺍء‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺟﺭﺍء‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﺍﺗﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺑﺭﺩ )‪ 30‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ﻓﻭﻕ ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺭﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺢ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻳﺭﺟﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺟﻭﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪.(71‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺗﻌﻁﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﺭﺍء‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺭﺟﻰ ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﻗﺭﺏ ﻣﺭﻛﺯ ﻟﻠﺧﺩﻣﺔ ﻹﺻﻼﺣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪90‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ‬ ‫‪MK-F800‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺗﺣﺿﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺣﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﺭ‬ ‫‪220 V - 240 V‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﺭ‬ ‫‪50 Hz - 60 Hz‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﺭ‬ ‫‪180 W - 200 W‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺗﻳﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺗﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺗﻳﻥ‪ ،‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ‪ 4‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺣﻧﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺗﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‬ ‫ﻗﺭﺹ ﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﻣﺯﻭﺩ ﺑﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﻟﻣﺳﻳﺔ ﻧﺎﻋﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ‪ 395 :‬ﻣﻠﻡ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ × ‪ 208‬ﻣﻠﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ‬ ‫‪ 437‬ﻣﻠﻡ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ × ‪ 263‬ﻣﻠﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ‬ ‫× ‪ 259‬ﻣﻠﻡ ﻋﻣﻕ‬
‫)ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ×ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ×ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻕ(‬ ‫× ‪ 259‬ﻣﻠﻡ ﻋﻣﻕ‪a‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺣﻧﺔ‪ 299 :‬ﻣﻠﻡ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ × ‪ 202‬ﻣﻠﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ‬
‫× ‪ 259‬ﻣﻠﻡ ﻋﻣﻕ‬
‫ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ‬ ‫‪ 4.4‬ﻛﺟﻡ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ‪ 4.0 :‬ﻛﺟﻡ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺣﻧﺔ‪ 3.8 :‬ﻛﺟﻡ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪ 2.5 :‬ﻟﺗﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺻﻭﻯ ﻟﻠﻌﻣﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ‪ 1 :‬ﻟﺗﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺳﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻠﺑﺔ = ‪ 400‬ﺟﺭﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺣﻧﺔ‪ 50 :‬ﺟﺭﺍﻡ )ﺣﺑﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﻭﺓ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺋﻠﺔ = ‪ 1.5‬ﻟﺗﺭ‬
‫ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻛﻳﻥ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﺻﻝ‪ ،‬ﺷﻔﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﺢ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺳﻣﻳﻛﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﻓﻳﻌﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺷﻔﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻁﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ‬ ‫)ﺍﻟﺧﺷﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻧﺎﻋﻡ(‪ ،‬ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﻁﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻣﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺷﻔﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻼﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﺣﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺟﻥ‪ ،‬ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻔﻕ‪ ،‬ﺷﻔﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﺷﺭ‪ ،‬ﻋﺻﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﻣﺿﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺻﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻁﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻓﺭﺷﺎﺓ ﻣﺯﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﻣﻠﻌﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻏﺳﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺄﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء ﻭﻏﻁﺎء ﺍﻟﻭﻋﺎء‬
‫ﻏﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻁﺑﺎﻕ‬
‫‪91‬‬

Operating Instructions: Food Processor (Household Use)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Operating Instructions: Food Processor (Household Use)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Operating Instructions: Food Processor (Household Use)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

‫‪Operating Instructions‬‬

‫‪Thank you for purchasing the Panasonic product.‬‬

‫ﺷﻛﺭً ﺍ ﻟﺷﺭﺍﺋﻙ ﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﺑﺎﻧﺎﺳﻭﻧﻳﻙ‪.‬‬

WARNING Indicates serious injury or

 The symbols are classified and explained as follows.

1. Food Pusher 13. Thin Slicing Blade

1. Blender Cover 6. Mill Container Base 11. *Plug

*The shape of the Plug may vary from illustration.

The Safety Lever only

Fully locking steps :

Assembly of Food Processor Attachments

Knife Blade · Kneading Blade · Whipping Blade · Grating Blade

Slicing Blades (Thick/Thin) · Shredding Blades (Coarse/Fine) · French Fry Blade

Attaching the assembled units to the Motor Housing

1. Place the Bowl on top of the Motor Housing until the

2. Turn the Bowl clockwise until a 'click' sound is heard.

To disassemble, follow the assembly steps in reverse.

Min~Max Processing Speed

1~2 cm width, half frozen

Roasted Speed: Auto

Ingredient Preparations for Manual Menu

Min~Max Processing Speed

Continuous Parmesan 10~200 g Speed: Max

Speed: Max Use for making confectionery

Boiled Speed: Max

Slicing Blades (Thick/Thin) Shredding Blades (Coarse/Fine) French Fry Blade

Ingredient Preparations for Slicing Blades (Thick/Thin)

Max Single Processing Speed

Speed: Max Cut ingredient till it is small

Ingredient Preparations for Shredding Blades (Coarse/Fine)

Max Single Processing Speed

Cut ingredient till it is small

Ingredient Preparations for French Fry Blade

Max Single Processing Speed

French Fry Potato 800 g

Max Single Processing Speed

Operating with Manual Menu

Min~Max Processing Speed

Operating with Manual Menu

Max Single Processing Speed

Operating with Manual Menu

Max Single Processing Speed

Lettuce Speed: Auto

Operating with Auto Menu

Max Single Processing Speed

Citrus Speed: Level 7

Operating with Manual Menu

Turn the Blender Container clockwise until a 'click' sound

To disassemble, simply follow the assembly steps in reverse.

Ingredient Preparations for Blender

Max Single Processing Speed

Fruit, Speed: Max

Assembly and Disassembly of Dry Mill Attachment

Place the Mill Container Base into the Mill Container

To disassemble, simply follow the assembly steps in reverse.

Ingredient Preparations for Dry Mill

Max Single Processing Speed

Cleaning with a Dishwasher

Problem Cause and Action